Merge "Drop index oi_name_archive_name on table oldimage"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.29.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 *
447 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
448 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
449 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
450 *
451 * For most core repos:
452 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
453 * container : backend container name the zone is in
454 * directory : root path within container for the zone
455 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
456 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
457 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
458 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
459 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
460 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
461 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
462 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
463 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
464 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
465 * handler instead.
466 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
467 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
468 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
469 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
470 * - pathDisclosureProtection
471 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
472 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
473 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
474 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
475 * is 0644.
476 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
477 * some remote repos.
478 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
479 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
480 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
481 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
482 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
483 *
484 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
485 * for local repositories:
486 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
487 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
488 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
489 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
490 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
491 *
492 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
493 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
494 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
495 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
496 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
497 *
498 * ForeignDBRepo:
499 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
500 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
501 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
502 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
503 *
504 * ForeignAPIRepo:
505 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
506 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
507 *
508 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
509 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
510 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
511 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
512 * be searched after the local file repo.
513 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
514 *
515 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
516 */
517 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
518
519 /**
520 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
521 */
522 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
523
524 /**
525 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
526 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
527 * settings
528 */
529 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
530
531 /**
532 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
533 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
534 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
535 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
536 *
537 * Example:
538 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
539 */
540 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
541
542 /**
543 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
544 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
545 *
546 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
547 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
548 *
549 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
550 */
551 $wgUploadDialog = [
552 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
553 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
554 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
555 'fields' => [
556 'description' => true,
557 'date' => false,
558 'categories' => false,
559 ],
560 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
561 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
562 'licensemessages' => [
563 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
564 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
565 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
567 'local' => 'generic-local',
568 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
569 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
570 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
572 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
573 ],
574 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
575 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
576 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
577 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
578 'comment' => [
579 'local' => '',
580 'foreign' => '',
581 ],
582 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
583 'format' => [
584 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
585 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
586 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
587 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
588 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
589 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
590 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
591 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
592 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
593 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
594 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
595 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
596 // * $TEXT - input by the user
597 'description' => '$TEXT',
598 'ownwork' => '',
599 'license' => '',
600 'uncategorized' => '',
601 ],
602 ];
603
604 /**
605 * File backend structure configuration.
606 *
607 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
608 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
609 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
610 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
611 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
612 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
613 *
614 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
615 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
616 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
617 *
618 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
619 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
620 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
621 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
622 *
623 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
624 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
625 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
626 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
627 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
628 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
629 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
630 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
631 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
632 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
633 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
634 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
635 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
636 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
637 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
638 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
639 */
640 $wgFileBackends = [];
641
642 /**
643 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
644 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
645 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
646 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
647 *
648 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
649 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
650 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
651 *
652 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
653 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
654 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
655 */
656 $wgLockManagers = [];
657
658 /**
659 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
660 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
661 *
662 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
663 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
664 * extensions" section of php.ini:
665 * @code{.ini}
666 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
667 * @endcode
668 */
669 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
670
671 /**
672 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
673 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
674 * Defaults to false.
675 */
676 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
677
678 /**
679 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
680 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
681 * $wgUploadDirectory.
682 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
683 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
684 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
685 * directory.
686 *
687 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
688 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
689 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
690 */
691 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
692
693 /**
694 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
695 */
696 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
697
698 /**
699 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
700 */
701 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
702
703 /**
704 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
705 */
706 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
707
708 /**
709 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
710 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
711 */
712 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
713
714 /**
715 * Optional table prefix used in database.
716 */
717 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
718
719 /**
720 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
721 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
722 */
723 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
724
725 /**
726 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
727 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
728 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
729 */
730 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
731
732 /**
733 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
734 *
735 * @since 1.20
736 */
737 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
738
739 /**
740 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
741 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
742 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
743 */
744 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
745
746 /**
747 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
748 * @since 1.20
749 */
750 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
751
752 /**
753 * Different timeout for upload by url
754 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
755 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
756 * to default.
757 *
758 * @since 1.22
759 */
760 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
761
762 /**
763 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
764 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
765 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
766 * for non-specified types.
767 *
768 * @par Example:
769 * @code
770 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
771 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
772 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
773 * ];
774 * @endcode
775 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
776 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
777 */
778 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
779
780 /**
781 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
782 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
783 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
784 * @since 1.26
785 */
786 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
787
788 /**
789 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
790 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
791 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
792 *
793 * @par Example:
794 * @code
795 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
796 * @endcode
797 */
798 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
799
800 /**
801 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
802 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
803 * appended to it as appropriate.
804 */
805 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
806
807 /**
808 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
809 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
810 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
811 * access to the thumbnail path.
812 *
813 * @par Example:
814 * @code
815 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
816 * @endcode
817 */
818 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
819
820 /**
821 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
822 */
823 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
824
825 /**
826 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
827 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
828 *
829 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
830 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
831 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
832 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
833 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
834 *
835 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
836 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
837 */
838 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
839
840 /**
841 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
842 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
843 * directory layout.
844 */
845 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
846
847 /**
848 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
849 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
850 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
851 * image description page on this wiki.
852 *
853 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
854 */
855 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
856
857 /**
858 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
859 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
860 *
861 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
862 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
863 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
864 */
865 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
866
867 /**
868 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
869 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
870 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
871 */
872 $wgFileBlacklist = [
873 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
874 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
875 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
876 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
877 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
878 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
879 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
880 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
881
882 /**
883 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
884 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
885 */
886 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
887 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
888 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
889 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
890 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
891 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
892 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
893 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
894 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
895 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
896 'application/x-msmetafile',
897 ];
898
899 /**
900 * Allow Java archive uploads.
901 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
902 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
903 */
904 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
905
906 /**
907 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
908 *
909 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
910 */
911 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
912
913 /**
914 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
915 * by $wgFileExtensions.
916 *
917 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
918 */
919 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
920
921 /**
922 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
923 *
924 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
925 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
926 */
927 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
928
929 /**
930 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
931 */
932 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
933
934 /**
935 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
936 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
937 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
938 *
939 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
940 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
941 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
942 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
943 */
944 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
945 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
946 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
947 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
948 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
949 "application/pdf", // PDF files
950 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
951 ];
952
953 /**
954 * Plugins for media file type handling.
955 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
956 *
957 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
958 * and extensions should use extension.json.
959 */
960 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
961
962 /**
963 * Plugins for page content model handling.
964 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
965 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
966 *
967 * @since 1.21
968 */
969 $wgContentHandlers = [
970 // the usual case
971 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
972 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
973 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
974 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
975 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
976 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
977 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
978 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
979 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
980 ];
981
982 /**
983 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
984 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
985 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
986 */
987 $wgUseImageResize = true;
988
989 /**
990 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
991 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
992 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
993 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
994 *
995 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
996 */
997 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
998
999 /**
1000 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1001 */
1002 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1003
1004 /**
1005 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1006 * @since 1.27
1007 */
1008 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1009
1010 /**
1011 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1012 */
1013 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1014
1015 /**
1016 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1017 */
1018 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1019
1020 /**
1021 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1022 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1023 */
1024 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1025
1026 /**
1027 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1028 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1029 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1030 *
1031 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1032 * @code
1033 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1034 * @endcode
1035 *
1036 * Leave as false to skip this.
1037 */
1038 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1039
1040 /**
1041 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1042 *
1043 * @since 1.21
1044 */
1045 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1046
1047 /**
1048 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1049 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1050 * at sharp edges.
1051 *
1052 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1053 *
1054 * Supported values:
1055 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1056 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1057 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1058 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1059 *
1060 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1061 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1062 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1063 *
1064 * @since 1.27
1065 */
1066 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1067
1068 /**
1069 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1070 * image formats.
1071 */
1072 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1073
1074 /**
1075 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1076 *
1077 * @since 1.26
1078 */
1079 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1080
1081 /**
1082 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1083 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1084 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1085 *
1086 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1087 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1088 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1089 */
1090 $wgSVGConverters = [
1091 'ImageMagick' =>
1092 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1093 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1094 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1095 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1096 . '$output $input',
1097 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1098 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1099 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1100 ];
1101
1102 /**
1103 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1104 */
1105 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1106
1107 /**
1108 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1109 */
1110 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1111
1112 /**
1113 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1114 */
1115 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1116
1117 /**
1118 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1119 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1120 */
1121 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1122
1123 /**
1124 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1125 *
1126 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1127 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1128 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1129 *
1130 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1131 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1132 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1133 */
1134 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1135
1136 /**
1137 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1138 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1139 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1140 *
1141 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1142 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1143 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1144 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1145 *
1146 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1147 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1148 */
1149 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1150
1151 /**
1152 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1153 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1154 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1155 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1156 */
1157 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1158
1159 /**
1160 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1161 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1162 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1163 *
1164 * @par Example:
1165 * @code
1166 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1167 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1168 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1169 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1170 * @endcode
1171 */
1172 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1173
1174 /**
1175 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1176 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1177 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1178 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1179 */
1180 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1181
1182 /**
1183 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1184 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1185 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1186 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1187 */
1188 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1189
1190 /**
1191 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1192 * output instead of showing an error message.
1193 *
1194 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1195 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1196 *
1197 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1198 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1199 * are logged to a file for review.
1200 */
1201 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1202
1203 /**
1204 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1205 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1206 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1207 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1208 * webserver(s).
1209 */
1210 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1211
1212 /**
1213 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1214 */
1215 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1216
1217 /**
1218 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1219 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1220 * is available that can rotate.
1221 */
1222 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1223
1224 /**
1225 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1226 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1227 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1228 */
1229 $wgAntivirus = null;
1230
1231 /**
1232 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1233 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1234 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1235 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1236 *
1237 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1238 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1239 *
1240 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1241 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1242 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1243 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1244 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1245 * path.
1246 *
1247 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1248 * function in SpecialUpload.
1249 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1250 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1251 * is not set.
1252 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1253 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1254 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1255 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1256 * no virus was found.
1257 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1258 * a virus.
1259 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1260 *
1261 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1262 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1263 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1264 */
1265 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1266
1267 # setup for clamav
1268 'clamav' => [
1269 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1270 'codemap' => [
1271 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1272 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1273 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1274 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1275 ],
1276 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1277 ],
1278 ];
1279
1280 /**
1281 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1282 */
1283 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1284
1285 /**
1286 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1287 */
1288 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1289
1290 /**
1291 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1292 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1293 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1294 */
1295 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1296
1297 /**
1298 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1299 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1300 */
1301 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1302
1303 /**
1304 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1305 * the MIME type to standard output.
1306 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1307 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1308 *
1309 * @par Example:
1310 * @code
1311 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1312 * @endcode
1313 */
1314 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1315
1316 /**
1317 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1318 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1319 * can be trusted.
1320 */
1321 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1322
1323 /**
1324 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1325 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1326 */
1327 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1328 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1329 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1330 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1331 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1332 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1333 ];
1334
1335 /**
1336 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1337 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1338 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1339 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1340 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1341 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1342 */
1343 $wgImageLimits = [
1344 [ 320, 240 ],
1345 [ 640, 480 ],
1346 [ 800, 600 ],
1347 [ 1024, 768 ],
1348 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1349 ];
1350
1351 /**
1352 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1353 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1354 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1355 */
1356 $wgThumbLimits = [
1357 120,
1358 150,
1359 180,
1360 200,
1361 250,
1362 300
1363 ];
1364
1365 /**
1366 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1367 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1368 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1369 *
1370 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1371 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1372 * supports it.
1373 */
1374 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1375
1376 /**
1377 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1378 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1379 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1380 * following buckets:
1381 *
1382 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1383 *
1384 * and a distance of 50:
1385 *
1386 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1387 *
1388 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1389 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1390 */
1391 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1392
1393 /**
1394 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1395 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1396 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1397 *
1398 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1399 *
1400 * @since 1.25
1401 */
1402
1403 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1404
1405 /**
1406 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1407 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1408 *
1409 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1410 * thumbnail's URL.
1411 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1412 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1413 *
1414 * @since 1.25
1415 */
1416 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1417
1418 /**
1419 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1420 *
1421 * @since 1.25
1422 */
1423 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1424
1425 /**
1426 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1427 * HTTP request to.
1428 *
1429 * @since 1.25
1430 */
1431 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1432
1433 /**
1434 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1435 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1436 *
1437 * @since 1.26
1438 */
1439 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1440
1441 /**
1442 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1443 */
1444 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1445 // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1446 'imagesPerRow' => 0,
1447 // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1448 'imageWidth' => 120,
1449 // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1450 'imageHeight' => 120,
1451 // Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1452 // A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1453 // and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1454 // @deprecated since 1.28
1455 'captionLength' => true,
1456 // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1457 'showBytes' => true,
1458 'mode' => 'traditional',
1459 ];
1460
1461 /**
1462 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1463 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1464 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1465 */
1466 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1467
1468 /**
1469 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1470 */
1471 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1472
1473 /**
1474 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1475 *
1476 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1477 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1478 *
1479 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1480 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1481 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1482 */
1483 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1484
1485 /**
1486 * @name DJVU settings
1487 * @{
1488 */
1489
1490 /**
1491 * Path of the djvudump executable
1492 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1493 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1494 */
1495 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1496
1497 /**
1498 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1499 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1500 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1501 */
1502 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1503
1504 /**
1505 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1506 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1507 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1508 */
1509 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1510
1511 /**
1512 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1513 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1514 *
1515 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1516 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1517 * the efficiency problem.
1518 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1519 *
1520 * @par Example:
1521 * @code
1522 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1523 * @endcode
1524 */
1525 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1526
1527 /**
1528 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1529 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1530 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1531 */
1532 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1533
1534 /**
1535 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1536 */
1537 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1538
1539 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1540
1541 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1542
1543 /************************************************************************//**
1544 * @name Email settings
1545 * @{
1546 */
1547
1548 /**
1549 * Site admin email address.
1550 *
1551 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1552 */
1553 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1554
1555 /**
1556 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1557 *
1558 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1559 *
1560 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1561 */
1562 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1563
1564 /**
1565 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1566 *
1567 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1568 */
1569 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1570
1571 /**
1572 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1573 *
1574 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1575 */
1576 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1577
1578 /**
1579 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1580 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1581 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1582 */
1583 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1584
1585 /**
1586 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1587 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1588 */
1589 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1590
1591 /**
1592 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1593 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1594 *
1595 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1596 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1597 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1598 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1599 */
1600 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1601
1602 /**
1603 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1604 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1605 */
1606 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1607
1608 /**
1609 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1610 */
1611 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1612
1613 /**
1614 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1615 */
1616 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1617
1618 /**
1619 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1620 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1621 */
1622 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1623
1624 /**
1625 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1626 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1627 */
1628 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1629
1630 /**
1631 * SMTP Mode.
1632 *
1633 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1634 * Default to false or fill an array :
1635 *
1636 * @code
1637 * $wgSMTP = [
1638 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1639 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1640 * 'port' => '25',
1641 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1642 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1643 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1644 * ];
1645 * @endcode
1646 */
1647 $wgSMTP = false;
1648
1649 /**
1650 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1651 */
1652 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1653
1654 /**
1655 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1656 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1657 */
1658 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1659
1660 /**
1661 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1662 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1663 */
1664 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1665
1666 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1667 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1668 # enable or disable at their discretion
1669 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1670 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1671
1672 /**
1673 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1674 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1675 * spam relay.
1676 */
1677 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1678
1679 /**
1680 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1681 */
1682 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1683
1684 /**
1685 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1686 * user talk page.
1687 *
1688 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1689 * preference set to true.
1690 */
1691 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1692
1693 /**
1694 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1695 * allowed this in the preferences.
1696 */
1697 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1698
1699 /**
1700 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1701 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1702 *
1703 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1704 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1705 *
1706 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1707 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1708 *
1709 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1710 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1711 */
1712 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1713
1714 /**
1715 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1716 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1717 *
1718 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1719 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1720 */
1721 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1722
1723 /**
1724 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1725 * match the limit on your mail server.
1726 */
1727 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1728
1729 /**
1730 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1731 */
1732 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1733
1734 /**
1735 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1736 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1737 */
1738 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1739
1740 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1741
1742 /************************************************************************//**
1743 * @name Database settings
1744 * @{
1745 */
1746
1747 /**
1748 * Database host name or IP address
1749 */
1750 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1751
1752 /**
1753 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1754 */
1755 $wgDBport = 5432;
1756
1757 /**
1758 * Name of the database
1759 */
1760 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1761
1762 /**
1763 * Database username
1764 */
1765 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1766
1767 /**
1768 * Database user's password
1769 */
1770 $wgDBpassword = '';
1771
1772 /**
1773 * Database type
1774 */
1775 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1776
1777 /**
1778 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1779 *
1780 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1781 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1782 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1783 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1784 */
1785 $wgDBssl = false;
1786
1787 /**
1788 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1789 *
1790 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1791 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1792 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1793 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1794 */
1795 $wgDBcompress = false;
1796
1797 /**
1798 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1799 */
1800 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1801
1802 /**
1803 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1804 */
1805 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1806
1807 /**
1808 * Search type.
1809 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1810 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1811 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1812 */
1813 $wgSearchType = null;
1814
1815 /**
1816 * Alternative search types
1817 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1818 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1819 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1820 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1821 */
1822 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1823
1824 /**
1825 * Table name prefix
1826 */
1827 $wgDBprefix = '';
1828
1829 /**
1830 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1831 */
1832 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1833
1834 /**
1835 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1836 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1837 * DBA has done his best job.
1838 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1839 */
1840 $wgSQLMode = '';
1841
1842 /**
1843 * Mediawiki schema
1844 */
1845 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1846
1847 /**
1848 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1849 */
1850 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1851
1852 /**
1853 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1854 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1855 * main database.
1856 *
1857 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1858 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1859 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1860 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1861 *
1862 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1863 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1864 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1865 *
1866 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1867 * $wgDBprefix.
1868 *
1869 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1870 * $wgDBmwschema.
1871 *
1872 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1873 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1874 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1875 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1876 */
1877 $wgSharedDB = null;
1878
1879 /**
1880 * @see $wgSharedDB
1881 */
1882 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1883
1884 /**
1885 * @see $wgSharedDB
1886 */
1887 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1888
1889 /**
1890 * @see $wgSharedDB
1891 * @since 1.23
1892 */
1893 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1894
1895 /**
1896 * Database load balancer
1897 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1898 * Fields are:
1899 * - host: Host name
1900 * - dbname: Default database name
1901 * - user: DB user
1902 * - password: DB password
1903 * - type: DB type
1904 *
1905 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1906 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1907 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1908 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1909 *
1910 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1911 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1912 *
1913 * - flags: bit field
1914 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1915 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1916 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1917 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1918 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1919 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1920 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1921 * if available
1922 *
1923 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1924 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1925 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1926 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1927 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1928 *
1929 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1930 * variable of the Database object.
1931 *
1932 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1933 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1934 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1935 *
1936 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1937 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1938 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1939 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1940 *
1941 * @code
1942 * SET @@read_only=1;
1943 * @endcode
1944 *
1945 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1946 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1947 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1948 */
1949 $wgDBservers = false;
1950
1951 /**
1952 * Load balancer factory configuration
1953 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1954 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1955 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1956 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1957 *
1958 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1959 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1960 */
1961 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1962
1963 /**
1964 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1965 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1966 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1967 * @since 1.27
1968 */
1969 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1970
1971 /**
1972 * File to log database errors to
1973 */
1974 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1975
1976 /**
1977 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1978 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1979 *
1980 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1981 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1982 *
1983 * @par Examples:
1984 * @code
1985 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1986 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1987 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1988 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1989 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1990 * @endcode
1991 *
1992 * @since 1.20
1993 */
1994 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1995
1996 /**
1997 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1998 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1999 *
2000 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2001 *
2002 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2003 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2004 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2005 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2006 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2007 *
2008 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2009 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2010 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2011 */
2012 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2013
2014 /**
2015 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2016 *
2017 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2018 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2019 * block).
2020 *
2021 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2022 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2023 * connections.
2024 *
2025 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2026 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2027 * pooled.
2028 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2029 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2030 *
2031 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2032 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2033 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2034 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2035 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2036 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2037 *
2038 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2039 */
2040 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2041
2042 /**
2043 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2044 * account.
2045 * Array numeric key => database name
2046 */
2047 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2048
2049 /**
2050 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2051 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2052 * show a more obvious warning.
2053 */
2054 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2055
2056 /**
2057 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2058 */
2059 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2060
2061 /**
2062 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2063 */
2064 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2065
2066 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2067
2068 /************************************************************************//**
2069 * @name Text storage
2070 * @{
2071 */
2072
2073 /**
2074 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2075 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2076 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2077 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2078 */
2079 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2080
2081 /**
2082 * External stores allow including content
2083 * from non database sources following URL links.
2084 *
2085 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2086 * @code
2087 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2088 * @endcode
2089 *
2090 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2091 */
2092 $wgExternalStores = [];
2093
2094 /**
2095 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2096 *
2097 * @par Example:
2098 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2099 * @code
2100 * $wgExternalServers = [
2101 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2102 * ];
2103 * @endcode
2104 *
2105 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2106 * another class.
2107 */
2108 $wgExternalServers = [];
2109
2110 /**
2111 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2112 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2113 *
2114 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2115 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2116 *
2117 * @par Example:
2118 * @code
2119 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2120 * @endcode
2121 *
2122 * @var array
2123 */
2124 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2125
2126 /**
2127 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2128 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2129 *
2130 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2131 */
2132 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2133
2134 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2135
2136 /************************************************************************//**
2137 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2138 * @{
2139 */
2140
2141 /**
2142 * Disable database-intensive features
2143 */
2144 $wgMiserMode = false;
2145
2146 /**
2147 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2148 */
2149 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2150
2151 /**
2152 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2153 */
2154 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2155
2156 /**
2157 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2158 */
2159 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2160
2161 /**
2162 * Enable slow parser functions
2163 */
2164 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2165
2166 /**
2167 * Allow schema updates
2168 */
2169 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2170
2171 /**
2172 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2173 */
2174 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2175
2176 /**
2177 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2178 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2179 */
2180 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2181
2182 /**
2183 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2184 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2185 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2186 * @since 1.26
2187 */
2188 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2189
2190 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2191
2192 /************************************************************************//**
2193 * @name Cache settings
2194 * @{
2195 */
2196
2197 /**
2198 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2199 * from the web.
2200 *
2201 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2202 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2203 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2204 */
2205 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2206
2207 /**
2208 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2209 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2210 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2211 *
2212 * The options are:
2213 *
2214 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2215 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2216 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2217 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2218 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU, XCache or WinCache
2219 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2220 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2221 *
2222 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2223 */
2224 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2225
2226 /**
2227 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2228 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2229 *
2230 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2231 */
2232 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2233
2234 /**
2235 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2236 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2237 *
2238 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2239 */
2240 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2241
2242 /**
2243 * The cache type for storing session data.
2244 *
2245 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2246 */
2247 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2248
2249 /**
2250 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2251 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2252 *
2253 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2254 *
2255 * @since 1.20
2256 */
2257 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2258
2259 /**
2260 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2261 *
2262 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2263 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2264 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2265 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2266 *
2267 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2268 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2269 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2270 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2271 */
2272 $wgObjectCaches = [
2273 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2274 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2275
2276 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2277 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2278 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2279
2280 'db-replicated' => [
2281 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2282 'readFactory' => [
2283 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2284 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2285 ],
2286 'writeFactory' => [
2287 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2288 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2289 ],
2290 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2291 'reportDupes' => false
2292 ],
2293
2294 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2295 'apcu' => [ 'class' => 'APCUBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2296 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2297 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2298 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2299 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2300 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2301 ];
2302
2303 /**
2304 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2305 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2306 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2307 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2308 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2309 *
2310 * The options are:
2311 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2312 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2313 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2314 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2315 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2316 * @since 1.26
2317 */
2318 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2319
2320 /**
2321 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2322 *
2323 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2324 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2325 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2326 *
2327 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2328 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2329 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2330 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2331 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2332 *
2333 * @since 1.26
2334 */
2335 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2336 CACHE_NONE => [
2337 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2338 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2339 'channels' => []
2340 ]
2341 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2342 'memcached-php' => [
2343 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2344 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2345 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2346 ]
2347 */
2348 ];
2349
2350 /**
2351 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2352 *
2353 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2354 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2355 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2356 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2357 *
2358 * @var bool
2359 * @since 1.29
2360 */
2361 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2362
2363 /**
2364 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2365 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2366 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2367 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2368 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2369 *
2370 * The options are:
2371 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2372 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2373 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2374 *
2375 * @since 1.26
2376 */
2377 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2378
2379 /**
2380 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2381 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2382 */
2383 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2384
2385 /**
2386 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2387 */
2388 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2389
2390 /**
2391 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2392 */
2393 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2394
2395 /**
2396 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2397 */
2398 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2399
2400 /**
2401 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2402 *
2403 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2404 *
2405 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2406 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2407 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2408 * others' cookies.
2409 *
2410 * @since 1.27
2411 * @var string
2412 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2413 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2414 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2415 */
2416 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2417
2418 /**
2419 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2420 *
2421 * @since 1.28
2422 */
2423 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2424
2425 /**
2426 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2427 */
2428 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2429
2430 /**
2431 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2432 */
2433 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2434
2435 /**
2436 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2437 * requests.
2438 */
2439 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2440
2441 /**
2442 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2443 */
2444 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2445
2446 /**
2447 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2448 *
2449 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2450 *
2451 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2452 *
2453 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2454 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2455 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2456 */
2457 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2458
2459 /**
2460 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2461 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2462 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2463 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2464 */
2465 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2466
2467 /**
2468 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2469 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2470 *
2471 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2472 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2473 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2474 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2475 * otherwise the database will be used.
2476 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2477 * store static arrays.
2478 *
2479 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2480 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2481 *
2482 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2483 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2484 * will be used.
2485 *
2486 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2487 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2488 */
2489 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2490 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2491 'store' => 'detect',
2492 'storeClass' => false,
2493 'storeDirectory' => false,
2494 'manualRecache' => false,
2495 ];
2496
2497 /**
2498 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2499 */
2500 $wgCachePages = true;
2501
2502 /**
2503 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2504 * client-side and server-side caching.
2505 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2506 * @verbatim
2507 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2508 * @endverbatim
2509 */
2510 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2511
2512 /**
2513 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2514 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2515 */
2516 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2517
2518 /**
2519 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2520 *
2521 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2522 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2523 * styles.
2524 */
2525 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2526
2527 /**
2528 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2529 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2530 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2531 */
2532 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2533
2534 /**
2535 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2536 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2537 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2538 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2539 */
2540 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2541
2542 /**
2543 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2544 * @deprecated since 1.26
2545 */
2546 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2547
2548 /**
2549 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2550 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2551 */
2552 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2553
2554 /**
2555 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2556 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2557 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2558 *
2559 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2560 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2561 * don't update as expected.
2562 */
2563 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2564
2565 /**
2566 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2567 */
2568 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2569
2570 /**
2571 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2572 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2573 *
2574 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2575 */
2576 $wgUseGzip = false;
2577
2578 /**
2579 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2580 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2581 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2582 * a grace period.
2583 */
2584 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2585
2586 /**
2587 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2588 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2589 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2590 *
2591 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2592 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2593 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2594 */
2595 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2596
2597 /**
2598 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2599 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2600 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2601 *
2602 * @par Example:
2603 * @code
2604 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2605 * @endcode
2606 *
2607 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2608 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2609 *
2610 * @var int|bool
2611 */
2612 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2613
2614 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2615
2616 /************************************************************************//**
2617 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2618 *
2619 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2620 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2621 *
2622 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2623 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2624 * more details.
2625 *
2626 * @{
2627 */
2628
2629 /**
2630 * Enable/disable CDN.
2631 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2632 */
2633 $wgUseSquid = false;
2634
2635 /**
2636 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2637 */
2638 $wgUseESI = false;
2639
2640 /**
2641 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2642 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2643 * @since 1.27
2644 */
2645 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2646
2647 /**
2648 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2649 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2650 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2651 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2652 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2653 * HTTP redirects.
2654 */
2655 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2656
2657 /**
2658 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2659 *
2660 * @par Example:
2661 * @code
2662 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2663 * @endcode
2664 */
2665 $wgInternalServer = false;
2666
2667 /**
2668 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2669 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2670 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2671 *
2672 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2673 */
2674 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2675
2676 /**
2677 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2678 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2679 * @since 1.27
2680 */
2681 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2682
2683 /**
2684 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2685 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2686 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2687 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2688 *
2689 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2690 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2691 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2692 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2693 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2694 *
2695 * @since 1.27
2696 */
2697 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2698
2699 /**
2700 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2701 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2702 * @since 1.27
2703 */
2704 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2705
2706 /**
2707 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2708 *
2709 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2710 */
2711 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2712
2713 /**
2714 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2715 *
2716 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2717 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2718 *
2719 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2720 */
2721 $wgSquidServers = [];
2722
2723 /**
2724 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2725 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2726 * CIDR blocks.
2727 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2728 */
2729 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2730
2731 /**
2732 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2733 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2734 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2735 *
2736 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2737 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2738 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2739 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2740 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2741 *
2742 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2743 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2744 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2745 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2746 * reverse).
2747 *
2748 * @since 1.21
2749 */
2750 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2751
2752 /**
2753 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2754 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2755 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2756 *
2757 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2758 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2759 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2760 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2761 *
2762 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2763 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2764 * @code
2765 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2766 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2767 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2768 * 'port' => 4827,
2769 * ],
2770 * '' => [
2771 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2772 * 'port' => 4827,
2773 * ],
2774 * ];
2775 * @endcode
2776 *
2777 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2778 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2779 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2780 *
2781 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2782 * @code
2783 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2784 * '' => [
2785 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2786 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2787 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2788 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2789 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2790 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2791 * ],
2792 * ];
2793 * @endcode
2794 *
2795 * @since 1.22
2796 *
2797 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2798 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2799 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2800 *
2801 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2802 */
2803 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2804
2805 /**
2806 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2807 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2808 */
2809 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2810
2811 /**
2812 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2813 */
2814 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2815
2816 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2817
2818 /************************************************************************//**
2819 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2820 * @{
2821 */
2822
2823 /**
2824 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2825 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2826 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2827 *
2828 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2829 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2830 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2831 *
2832 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2833 * change it in their preferences.
2834 *
2835 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2836 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2837 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2838 */
2839 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2840
2841 /**
2842 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2843 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2844 */
2845 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2846
2847 /**
2848 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2849 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2850 *
2851 * @par Example:
2852 * @code
2853 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2854 * @endcode
2855 */
2856 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2857
2858 /**
2859 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2860 */
2861 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2862
2863 /**
2864 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2865 */
2866 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2867
2868 /**
2869 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2870 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2871 * Notes:
2872 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2873 * map.
2874 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2875 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2876 * this array.
2877 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2878 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2879 * the prefix in this array.
2880 */
2881 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2882
2883 /**
2884 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2885 */
2886 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2887
2888 /**
2889 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2890 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2891 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2892 *
2893 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2894 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2895 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2896 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2897 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2898 *
2899 * @since 1.29
2900 */
2901 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2902 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2903 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2904 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2905 ];
2906
2907 /**
2908 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2909 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2910 * set to "ar".
2911 *
2912 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2913 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2914 */
2915 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2916
2917 /**
2918 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2919 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2920 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2921 * support these characters.
2922 *
2923 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2924 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2925 */
2926 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2927
2928 /**
2929 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2930 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2931 * impact.
2932 *
2933 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2934 * details.
2935 *
2936 * @since 1.17
2937 */
2938 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2939
2940 /**
2941 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2942 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2943 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2944 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2945 *
2946 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2947 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2948 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2949 */
2950 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2951
2952 /**
2953 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2954 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2955 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2956 */
2957 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2958 /**
2959 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2960 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2961 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2962 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2963 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2964 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2965 *
2966 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2967 */
2968 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2969 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2970 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2971
2972 /**
2973 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2974 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2975 *
2976 * Known useragents:
2977 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2978 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2979 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2980 * - [...]
2981 *
2982 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2983 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2984 */
2985 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2986
2987 /**
2988 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2989 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2990 */
2991 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2992 ];
2993
2994 /**
2995 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2996 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2997 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2998 *
2999 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3000 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3001 * to remain viewable.
3002 *
3003 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3004 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3005 */
3006 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3007
3008 /**
3009 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3010 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3011 */
3012 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3013
3014 /**
3015 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3016 * numerals in interface.
3017 */
3018 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3019
3020 /**
3021 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3022 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3023 */
3024 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3025
3026 /**
3027 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3028 */
3029 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3030
3031 /**
3032 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3033 */
3034 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3035
3036 /**
3037 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3038 */
3039 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3040
3041 /**
3042 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3043 */
3044 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3045
3046 /**
3047 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3048 */
3049 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3050
3051 /**
3052 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3053 *
3054 * @par Example:
3055 * @code
3056 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3057 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3058 * @endcode
3059 */
3060 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3061
3062 /**
3063 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3064 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3065 * language variant.
3066 *
3067 * @par Example:
3068 * @code
3069 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3070 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3071 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3072 * @endcode
3073 *
3074 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3075 *
3076 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3077 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3078 */
3079 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3080
3081 /**
3082 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3083 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3084 * customise these.
3085 */
3086 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3087
3088 /**
3089 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3090 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3091 *
3092 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3093 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3094 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3095 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3096 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3097 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3098 * the default behavior.
3099 *
3100 * @par Example:
3101 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3102 * portal:
3103 * @code
3104 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3105 * @endcode
3106 */
3107 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3108
3109 /**
3110 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3111 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3112 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3113 *
3114 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3115 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3116 *
3117 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3118 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3119 *
3120 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3121 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3122 *
3123 * @par Examples:
3124 * @code
3125 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3126 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3127 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3128 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3129 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3130 * @endcode
3131 */
3132 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3133
3134 /**
3135 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3136 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3137 *
3138 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3139 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3140 *
3141 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3142 */
3143 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3144
3145 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3146
3147 /*************************************************************************//**
3148 * @name Output format and skin settings
3149 * @{
3150 */
3151
3152 /**
3153 * The default Content-Type header.
3154 */
3155 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3156
3157 /**
3158 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3159 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3160 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3161 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3162 * @deprecated since 1.22
3163 */
3164 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3165
3166 /**
3167 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3168 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3169 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3170 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3171 * @deprecated since 1.22
3172 */
3173 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3174
3175 /**
3176 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3177 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3178 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3179 * to true by Setup.php.
3180 * @deprecated since 1.22
3181 */
3182 $wgHtml5 = true;
3183
3184 /**
3185 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3186 *
3187 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3188 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3189 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3190 * @since 1.16
3191 */
3192 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3193
3194 /**
3195 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3196 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3197 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3198 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3199 * @since 1.24
3200 */
3201 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3202
3203 /**
3204 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3205 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3206 * stable and change has been communicated.
3207 * @since 1.24
3208 */
3209 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3210
3211 /**
3212 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3213 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3214 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3215 *
3216 * @since 1.28
3217 */
3218 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3219
3220 /**
3221 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3222 *
3223 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3224 *
3225 * @par Example:
3226 * @code
3227 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3228 * @endcode
3229 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3230 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3231 *
3232 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3233 */
3234 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3235
3236 /**
3237 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3238 *
3239 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3240 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3241 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3242 */
3243 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3244
3245 /**
3246 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3247 */
3248 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3249
3250 /**
3251 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3252 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3253 */
3254 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3255
3256 /**
3257 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3258 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3259 */
3260 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3261
3262 /**
3263 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3264 *
3265 * @since 1.24
3266 */
3267 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3268
3269 /**
3270 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3271 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3272 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3273 */
3274 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3275
3276 /**
3277 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3278 */
3279 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3280
3281 /**
3282 * Allow user Javascript page?
3283 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3284 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3285 */
3286 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3287
3288 /**
3289 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3290 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3291 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3292 */
3293 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3294
3295 /**
3296 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3297 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3298 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3299 */
3300 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3301
3302 /**
3303 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3304 */
3305 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3306
3307 /**
3308 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3309 */
3310 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3311
3312 /**
3313 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3314 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3315 */
3316 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3317
3318 /**
3319 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3320 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3321 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3322 *
3323 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3324 *
3325 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3326 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3327 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3328 *
3329 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3330 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3331 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3332 * recommended.
3333 *
3334 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3335 * not just edit pages.
3336 */
3337 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3338
3339 /**
3340 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3341 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3342 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3343 * Options are:
3344 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3345 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3346 * - false: Allow all framing.
3347 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3348 */
3349 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3350
3351 /**
3352 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3353 */
3354 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3355
3356 /**
3357 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3358 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3359 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3360 *
3361 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3362 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3363 * content (particularly Cite). See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3364 */
3365 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3366
3367 /**
3368 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3369 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3370 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3371 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3372 *
3373 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3374 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3375 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3376 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3377 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3378 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3379 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3380 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3381 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3382 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3383 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3384 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3385 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3386 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3387 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3388 * not be outputted
3389 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3390 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3391 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3392 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3393 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3394 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3395 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3396 */
3397 $wgFooterIcons = [
3398 "copyright" => [
3399 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3400 ],
3401 "poweredby" => [
3402 "mediawiki" => [
3403 // Defaults to point at
3404 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3405 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3406 "src" => null,
3407 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3408 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3409 ]
3410 ],
3411 ];
3412
3413 /**
3414 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3415 * to create an account.
3416 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3417 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3418 */
3419 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3420
3421 /**
3422 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3423 */
3424 $wgEdititis = false;
3425
3426 /**
3427 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3428 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3429 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3430 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3431 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3432 *
3433 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3434 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3435 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3436 */
3437 $wgSend404Code = true;
3438
3439 /**
3440 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3441 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3442 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3443 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3444 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3445 *
3446 * @since 1.20
3447 */
3448 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3449
3450 /**
3451 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3452 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3453 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3454 * unconditionally.
3455 */
3456 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3457
3458 /**
3459 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3460 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3461 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3462 * the domain root.
3463 *
3464 * @since 1.25
3465 */
3466 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3467
3468 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3469
3470 /*************************************************************************//**
3471 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3472 * @{
3473 */
3474
3475 /**
3476 * Client-side resource modules.
3477 *
3478 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3479 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3480 *
3481 * @par Example:
3482 * @code
3483 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3484 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3485 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3486 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3487 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3488 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3489 * ];
3490 * @endcode
3491 */
3492 $wgResourceModules = [];
3493
3494 /**
3495 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3496 *
3497 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3498 * not be modified or disabled.
3499 *
3500 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3501 *
3502 * @par Example:
3503 * @code
3504 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3505 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3506 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3507 * ];
3508 *
3509 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3510 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3511 * ];
3512 * @endcode
3513 *
3514 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3515 *
3516 * @par Equivalent:
3517 * @code
3518 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3519 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3520 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3521 * 'skinStyles' => [
3522 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3523 * ],
3524 * ];
3525 * @endcode
3526 *
3527 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3528 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3529 *
3530 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3531 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3532 *
3533 * @par Example:
3534 * @code
3535 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3536 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3537 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3538 * 'skinStyles' => [
3539 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3540 * ],
3541 * ];
3542 * // Note the '+' character:
3543 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3544 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3545 * ];
3546 * @endcode
3547 *
3548 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3549 *
3550 * @par Equivalent:
3551 * @code
3552 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3553 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3554 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3555 * 'skinStyles' => [
3556 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3557 * 'foo' => [
3558 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3559 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3560 * ],
3561 * ],
3562 * ];
3563 * @endcode
3564 *
3565 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3566 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3567 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3568 *
3569 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3570 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3571 *
3572 * @par Example:
3573 * @code
3574 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3575 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3576 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3577 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3578 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3579 * ];
3580 * @endcode
3581 */
3582 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3583
3584 /**
3585 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3586 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3587 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3588 *
3589 * @par Example:
3590 * @code
3591 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3592 * @endcode
3593 */
3594 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3595
3596 /**
3597 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3598 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3599 */
3600 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3601
3602 /**
3603 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3604 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3605 *
3606 * Following options to distinguish:
3607 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3608 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3609 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3610 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3611 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3612 *
3613 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3614 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3615 * client and MediaWiki.
3616 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3617 */
3618 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3619 'versioned' => [
3620 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3621 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3622 ],
3623 'unversioned' => [
3624 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3625 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3626 ],
3627 ];
3628
3629 /**
3630 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3631 *
3632 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3633 */
3634 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3635
3636 /**
3637 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3638 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3639 *
3640 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3641 */
3642 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3643
3644 /**
3645 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3646 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3647 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3648 *
3649 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3650 */
3651 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3652
3653 /**
3654 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3655 *
3656 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3657 */
3658 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3659
3660 /**
3661 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3662 *
3663 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3664 * work.
3665 *
3666 * @par Example of legacy code:
3667 * @code{,js}
3668 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3669 * @endcode
3670 * or:
3671 * @code{,js}
3672 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3673 * @endcode
3674 *
3675 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3676 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3677 * @code{,js}
3678 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3679 * @endcode
3680 * or:
3681 * @code{,js}
3682 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3683 * @endcode
3684 */
3685 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3686
3687 /**
3688 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3689 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3690 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3691 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3692 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3693 * that you can't increase.
3694 *
3695 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3696 * string length limit.
3697 *
3698 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3699 */
3700 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3701
3702 /**
3703 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3704 * prior to minification to validate it.
3705 *
3706 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3707 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3708 */
3709 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3710
3711 /**
3712 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3713 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3714 *
3715 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3716 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3717 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3718 */
3719 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3720
3721 /**
3722 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3723 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3724 *
3725 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3726 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3727 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3728 *
3729 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3730 *
3731 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3732 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3733 *
3734 * @par Example:
3735 * @code
3736 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3737 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3738 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3739 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3740 * ];
3741 * @endcode
3742 * @since 1.22
3743 */
3744 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3745 /**
3746 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3747 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3748 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3749 * @since 1.27
3750 */
3751 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3752 ];
3753
3754 /**
3755 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3756 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3757 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3758 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3759 *
3760 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3761 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3762 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3763 * files from its own tree.
3764 *
3765 * @since 1.22
3766 */
3767 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3768 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3769 ];
3770
3771 /**
3772 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3773 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3774 */
3775 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3776
3777 /**
3778 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3779 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3780 *
3781 * @since 1.23
3782 */
3783 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3784
3785 /**
3786 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3787 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3788 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3789 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3790 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3791 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3792 * from the rest of the site.
3793 *
3794 * @since 1.25
3795 */
3796 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3797
3798 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3799
3800 /*************************************************************************//**
3801 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3802 * @{
3803 */
3804
3805 /**
3806 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3807 * used instead.
3808 */
3809 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3810
3811 /**
3812 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3813 *
3814 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3815 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3816 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3817 */
3818 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3819
3820 /**
3821 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3822 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3823 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3824 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3825 * hook or extension.json.
3826 *
3827 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3828 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3829 * the new namespace name.
3830 *
3831 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3832 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3833 *
3834 * @par Example:
3835 * @code
3836 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3837 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3838 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3839 * 102 => "Aide",
3840 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3841 * ];
3842 * @endcode
3843 *
3844 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3845 */
3846 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3847
3848 /**
3849 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3850 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3851 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3852 * @since 1.18
3853 */
3854 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3855
3856 /**
3857 * Namespace aliases.
3858 *
3859 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3860 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3861 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3862 * name.
3863 *
3864 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3865 *
3866 * @par Example:
3867 * @code
3868 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3869 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3870 * 'Help' => 100,
3871 * ];
3872 * @endcode
3873 */
3874 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3875
3876 /**
3877 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3878 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3879 *
3880 * Problematic punctuation:
3881 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3882 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3883 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3884 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3885 * corrupted by apache
3886 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3887 *
3888 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3889 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3890 *
3891 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3892 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3893 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3894 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3895 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3896 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3897 *
3898 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3899 *
3900 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3901 * this breaks interlanguage links
3902 */
3903 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3904
3905 /**
3906 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3907 *
3908 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3909 */
3910 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3911
3912 /**
3913 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3914 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3915 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3916 *
3917 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3918 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3919 */
3920 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3921
3922 /**
3923 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3924 */
3925 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3926
3927 /**
3928 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3929 * @{
3930 */
3931
3932 /**
3933 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3934 * database (.cdb) file.
3935 *
3936 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3937 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3938 * formats such as the following:
3939 *
3940 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3941 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3942 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3943 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3944 *
3945 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3946 * data layout.
3947 *
3948 * @var bool|array|string
3949 */
3950 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3951
3952 /**
3953 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3954 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3955 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3956 * - 3: site levels
3957 */
3958 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3959
3960 /**
3961 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3962 */
3963 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3964
3965 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3966
3967 /**
3968 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3969 * @{
3970 */
3971
3972 /**
3973 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3974 */
3975 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3976
3977 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3978
3979 /**
3980 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3981 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3982 * as 'redirected from' links.
3983 *
3984 * @par Example:
3985 * It might look something like this:
3986 * @code
3987 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3988 * @endcode
3989 *
3990 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3991 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3992 * the URL.
3993 */
3994 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3995
3996 /**
3997 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3998 *
3999 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4000 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4001 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4002 */
4003 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4004
4005 /**
4006 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4007 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4008 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4009 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4010 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4011 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4012 * NS_FILE.
4013 *
4014 * @par Example:
4015 * @code
4016 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4017 * @endcode
4018 */
4019 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4020
4021 /**
4022 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4023 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4024 */
4025 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4026 NS_TALK => true,
4027 NS_USER => true,
4028 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4029 NS_PROJECT => true,
4030 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4031 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4032 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4033 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4034 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4035 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4036 NS_HELP => true,
4037 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4038 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4039 ];
4040
4041 /**
4042 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4043 *
4044 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4045 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4046 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4047 *
4048 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4049 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4050 *
4051 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4052 * the new extension registration system.
4053 *
4054 * @since 1.23
4055 */
4056 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4057
4058 /**
4059 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4060 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4061 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4062 * number of articles in the wiki.
4063 */
4064 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4065
4066 /**
4067 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4068 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4069 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4070 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4071 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4072 */
4073 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4074
4075 /**
4076 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4077 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4078 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4079 */
4080 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4081
4082 /**
4083 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4084 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4085 * will make the redirect fail.
4086 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4087 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4088 *
4089 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4090 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4091 */
4092 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4093
4094 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4095
4096 /************************************************************************//**
4097 * @name Parser settings
4098 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4099 * @{
4100 */
4101
4102 /**
4103 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4104 *
4105 * class The class name
4106 *
4107 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4108 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4109 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4110 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4111 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4112 *
4113 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4114 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4115 *
4116 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4117 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4118 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4119 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4120 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4121 * an extension setup function.
4122 */
4123 $wgParserConf = [
4124 'class' => 'Parser',
4125 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4126 ];
4127
4128 /**
4129 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4130 */
4131 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4132
4133 /**
4134 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4135 * by PPFrame::expand()
4136 */
4137 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4138
4139 /**
4140 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4141 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4142 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4143 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4144 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4145 *
4146 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4147 */
4148 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4149
4150 /**
4151 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4152 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4153 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4154 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4155 */
4156 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4157
4158 /**
4159 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4160 */
4161 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4162
4163 /**
4164 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4165 *
4166 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4167 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4168 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4169 * more information.
4170 *
4171 * @see wfParseUrl
4172 */
4173 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4174 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4175 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4176 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4177 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4178 ];
4179
4180 /**
4181 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4182 */
4183 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4184
4185 /**
4186 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4187 */
4188 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4189
4190 /**
4191 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4192 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4193 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4194 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4195 *
4196 * @par Examples:
4197 * @code
4198 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4199 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4200 * @endcode
4201 */
4202 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4203
4204 /**
4205 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4206 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4207 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4208 * The image will be displayed.
4209 *
4210 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4211 * Or false to disable it
4212 */
4213 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4214
4215 /**
4216 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4217 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4218 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4219 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4220 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4221 * sites they control.
4222 */
4223 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4224
4225 /**
4226 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4227 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4228 * used. See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4229 *
4230 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4231 * parameters will be used instead.
4232 *
4233 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4234 *
4235 * Keys are:
4236 * - driver: May be:
4237 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4238 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4239 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4240 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4241 * - Html5Internal: Use the Balancer library in PHP
4242 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4243 *
4244 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4245 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4246 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4247 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4248 */
4249 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4250
4251 /**
4252 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4253 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4254 */
4255 $wgUseTidy = false;
4256
4257 /**
4258 * The path to the tidy binary.
4259 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4260 */
4261 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4262
4263 /**
4264 * The path to the tidy config file
4265 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4266 */
4267 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4268
4269 /**
4270 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4271 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4272 */
4273 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4274
4275 /**
4276 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4277 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4278 */
4279 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4280
4281 /**
4282 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4283 * Only works for internal tidy.
4284 */
4285 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4286
4287 /**
4288 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4289 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4290 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4291 */
4292 $wgRawHtml = false;
4293
4294 /**
4295 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4296 *
4297 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4298 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4299 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4300 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4301 * to some of your users.
4302 */
4303 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4304
4305 /**
4306 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4307 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4308 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4309 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4310 */
4311 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4312
4313 /**
4314 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4315 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4316 */
4317 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4318
4319 /**
4320 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4321 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4322 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4323 *
4324 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4325 *
4326 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4327 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4328 * etc.
4329 *
4330 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4331 */
4332 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4333
4334 /**
4335 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4336 */
4337 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4338
4339 /**
4340 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4341 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4342 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4343 */
4344 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4345
4346 /**
4347 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4348 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4349 */
4350 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4351
4352 /**
4353 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4354 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4355 */
4356 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4357
4358 /**
4359 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4360 */
4361 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4362
4363 /**
4364 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4365 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4366 */
4367 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4368
4369 /**
4370 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4371 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4372 *
4373 * @since 1.28
4374 */
4375 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4376 'ISBN' => false,
4377 'PMID' => false,
4378 'RFC' => false
4379 ];
4380
4381 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4382
4383 /************************************************************************//**
4384 * @name Statistics
4385 * @{
4386 */
4387
4388 /**
4389 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4390 * as a valid article.
4391 *
4392 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4393 *
4394 * This variable can have the following values:
4395 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4396 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4397 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4398 *
4399 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4400 *
4401 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4402 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4403 * script.
4404 */
4405 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4406
4407 /**
4408 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4409 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4410 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4411 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4412 * numbers between different wikis.
4413 */
4414 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4415
4416 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4417
4418 /************************************************************************//**
4419 * @name User accounts, authentication
4420 * @{
4421 */
4422
4423 /**
4424 * Central ID lookup providers
4425 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4426 * @since 1.27
4427 */
4428 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4429 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4430 ];
4431
4432 /**
4433 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4434 * @var string
4435 */
4436 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4437
4438 /**
4439 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4440 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4441 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4442 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4443 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4444 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4445 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4446 * Statements:
4447 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4448 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4449 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4450 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4451 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4452 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4453 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4454 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4455 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4456 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4457 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4458 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4459 * @since 1.26
4460 */
4461 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4462 'policies' => [
4463 'bureaucrat' => [
4464 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4465 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4466 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4467 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4468 ],
4469 'sysop' => [
4470 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4471 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4472 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4473 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4474 ],
4475 'bot' => [
4476 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4477 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4478 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4479 ],
4480 'default' => [
4481 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4482 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4483 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4484 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4485 ],
4486 ],
4487 'checks' => [
4488 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4489 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4490 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4491 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4492 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4493 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4494 ],
4495 ];
4496
4497 /**
4498 * Configure AuthManager
4499 *
4500 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4501 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4502 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4503 * (default is 0).
4504 *
4505 * Elements are:
4506 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4507 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4508 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4509 *
4510 * @since 1.27
4511 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4512 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4513 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4514 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4515 */
4516 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4517
4518 /**
4519 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4520 * @since 1.27
4521 */
4522 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4523 'preauth' => [
4524 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4525 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4526 'sort' => 0,
4527 ],
4528 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4529 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4530 'sort' => 0,
4531 ],
4532 ],
4533 'primaryauth' => [
4534 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4535 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4536 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4537 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4538 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4539 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4540 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4541 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4542 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4543 'args' => [ [
4544 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4545 'authoritative' => false,
4546 ] ],
4547 'sort' => 0,
4548 ],
4549 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4550 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4551 'args' => [ [
4552 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4553 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4554 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4555 // password") if it too fails.
4556 'authoritative' => true,
4557 ] ],
4558 'sort' => 100,
4559 ],
4560 ],
4561 'secondaryauth' => [
4562 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4563 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4564 'sort' => 0,
4565 ],
4566 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4567 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4568 'sort' => 100,
4569 ],
4570 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4571 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4572 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4573 // 'sort' => 100,
4574 // ],
4575 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4576 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4577 'sort' => 200,
4578 ],
4579 ],
4580 ];
4581
4582 /**
4583 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4584 *
4585 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4586 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4587 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4588 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4589 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4590 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4591 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4592 * that needs to do this.
4593 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4594 * the last X seconds.
4595 * - Come up with a third option.
4596 *
4597 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4598 * "X seconds".
4599 *
4600 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4601 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4602 * - LinkAccounts
4603 * - UnlinkAccount
4604 * - ChangeCredentials
4605 * - RemoveCredentials
4606 * - ChangeEmail
4607 *
4608 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4609 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4610 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4611 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4612 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4613 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4614 *
4615 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4616 *
4617 * @since 1.27
4618 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4619 */
4620 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4621 'default' => 300,
4622 ];
4623
4624 /**
4625 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4626 *
4627 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4628 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4629 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4630 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4631 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4632 *
4633 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4634 *
4635 * @since 1.27
4636 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4637 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4638 */
4639 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4640 'default' => true,
4641 ];
4642
4643 /**
4644 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4645 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4646 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4647 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4648 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4649 * @since 1.27
4650 * @var string[]
4651 */
4652 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4653 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4654 ];
4655
4656 /**
4657 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4658 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4659 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4660 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4661 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4662 * @since 1.27
4663 * @var string[]
4664 */
4665 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4666 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4667 ];
4668
4669 /**
4670 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4671 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4672 */
4673 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4674
4675 /**
4676 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4677 * words are allowed.
4678 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4679 */
4680 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4681
4682 /**
4683 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4684 *
4685 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4686 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4687 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4688 *
4689 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4690 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4691 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4692 */
4693 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4694
4695 /**
4696 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4697 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4698 * @since 1.23
4699 */
4700 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4701
4702 /**
4703 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4704 *
4705 * @since 1.24
4706 */
4707 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4708
4709 /**
4710 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4711 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4712 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4713 *
4714 * An advanced example:
4715 * @code
4716 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4717 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4718 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4719 * 'secrets' => [],
4720 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4721 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4722 * 'cost' => 5,
4723 * ];
4724 * @endcode
4725 *
4726 * @since 1.24
4727 */
4728 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4729 'A' => [
4730 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4731 ],
4732 'B' => [
4733 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4734 ],
4735 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4736 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4737 'types' => [
4738 'A',
4739 'pbkdf2',
4740 ],
4741 ],
4742 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4743 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4744 'types' => [
4745 'B',
4746 'pbkdf2',
4747 ],
4748 ],
4749 'bcrypt' => [
4750 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4751 'cost' => 9,
4752 ],
4753 'pbkdf2' => [
4754 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4755 'algo' => 'sha512',
4756 'cost' => '30000',
4757 'length' => '64',
4758 ],
4759 ];
4760
4761 /**
4762 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4763 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4764 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4765 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4766 */
4767 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4768 'username' => true,
4769 'email' => true,
4770 ];
4771
4772 /**
4773 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4774 */
4775 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4776
4777 /**
4778 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4779 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4780 */
4781 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4782
4783 /**
4784 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4785 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4786 */
4787 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4788 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4789 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4790 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4791 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4792 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4793 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4794 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4795 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4796 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4797 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4798 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4799 ];
4800
4801 /**
4802 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4803 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4804 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4805 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4806 */
4807 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4808 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4809 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4810 'date' => 'default',
4811 'diffonly' => 0,
4812 'disablemail' => 0,
4813 'editfont' => 'default',
4814 'editondblclick' => 0,
4815 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4816 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4817 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4818 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4819 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4820 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4821 'fancysig' => 0,
4822 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4823 'gender' => 'unknown',
4824 'hideminor' => 0,
4825 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4826 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4827 'imagesize' => 2,
4828 'math' => 1,
4829 'minordefault' => 0,
4830 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4831 'nickname' => '',
4832 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4833 'numberheadings' => 0,
4834 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4835 'previewontop' => 1,
4836 'rcdays' => 7,
4837 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4838 'rclimit' => 50,
4839 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4840 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4841 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4842 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4843 'skin' => false,
4844 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4845 'thumbsize' => 5,
4846 'underline' => 2,
4847 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4848 'usenewrc' => 1,
4849 'watchcreations' => 1,
4850 'watchdefault' => 1,
4851 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4852 'watchuploads' => 1,
4853 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4854 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4855 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4856 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4857 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4858 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4859 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4860 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4861 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4862 'watchmoves' => 0,
4863 'watchrollback' => 0,
4864 'wllimit' => 250,
4865 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4866 'prefershttps' => 1,
4867 ];
4868
4869 /**
4870 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4871 */
4872 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4873
4874 /**
4875 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4876 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4877 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4878 */
4879 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4880
4881 /**
4882 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4883 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4884 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4885 *
4886 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4887 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4888 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4889 */
4890 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4891
4892 /**
4893 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4894 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4895 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4896 * @since 1.17
4897 */
4898 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4899
4900 /**
4901 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4902 *
4903 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4904 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4905 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4906 *
4907 * @since 1.27
4908 * @var string|null
4909 */
4910 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4911
4912 /**
4913 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4914 *
4915 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4916 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4917 *
4918 * @since 1.27
4919 */
4920 $wgSessionProviders = [
4921 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4922 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4923 'args' => [ [
4924 'priority' => 30,
4925 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4926 ] ],
4927 ],
4928 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4929 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4930 'args' => [ [
4931 'priority' => 75,
4932 ] ],
4933 ],
4934 ];
4935
4936 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4937
4938 /************************************************************************//**
4939 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4940 * @{
4941 */
4942
4943 /**
4944 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4945 */
4946 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4947
4948 /**
4949 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4950 */
4951 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4952
4953 /**
4954 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4955 */
4956 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4957
4958 /**
4959 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4960 *
4961 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4962 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4963 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4964 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4965 *
4966 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4967 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4968 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4969 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4970 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4971 */
4972 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4973 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4974 'IPv6' => 19,
4975 ];
4976
4977 /**
4978 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4979 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4980 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4981 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4982 * anonymous visitors.
4983 */
4984 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4985
4986 /**
4987 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4988 *
4989 * @par Example:
4990 * @code
4991 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4992 * @endcode
4993 *
4994 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4995 *
4996 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4997 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4998 *
4999 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5000 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5001 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5002 */
5003 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5004
5005 /**
5006 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5007 *
5008 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5009 * is without underscore.
5010 *
5011 * @par Example:
5012 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5013 * @code
5014 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5015 * @endcode
5016 *
5017 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5018 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5019 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5020 *
5021 * @par Example:
5022 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5023 * @code
5024 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5025 * @endcode
5026 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5027 *
5028 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5029 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5030 */
5031 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5032
5033 /**
5034 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5035 * address before being allowed to edit?
5036 */
5037 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5038
5039 /**
5040 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5041 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5042 */
5043 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5044
5045 /**
5046 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5047 *
5048 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5049 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5050 *
5051 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5052 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5053 *
5054 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5055 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5056 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5057 * in in the user_groups table.
5058 *
5059 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5060 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5061 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5062 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5063 *
5064 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5065 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5066 *
5067 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5068 */
5069 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5070
5071 /** @cond file_level_code */
5072 // Implicit group for all visitors
5073 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5074 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5075 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5076 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5077 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5078 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5079 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5080 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5081 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5082 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5083 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5084 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5085 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5086 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5087
5088 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5089 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5090 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5091 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5092 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5093 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5094 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5095 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5096 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5097 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5098 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5099 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5108
5109 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5112
5113 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5114 // from various log pages by default
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5123
5124 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5128 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5130 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5132 // can view deleted revision text
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5164 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5165 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5169
5170 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5173 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5174 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5175 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5176 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5177
5178 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5179 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5180 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5181 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5182 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5183 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5184 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5185 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5186 // For private suppression log access
5187 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5188
5189 /**
5190 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5191 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5192 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5193 * server.
5194 */
5195 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5196
5197 /** @endcond */
5198
5199 /**
5200 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5201 *
5202 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5203 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5204 *
5205 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5206 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5207 */
5208 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5209
5210 /**
5211 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5212 */
5213 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5214
5215 /**
5216 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5217 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5218 *
5219 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5220 * group".
5221 *
5222 * @par Example:
5223 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5224 * @code
5225 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5226 * @endcode
5227 *
5228 * @par Example:
5229 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5230 * @code
5231 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5232 * @endcode
5233 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5234 * any group that they happen to be in.
5235 */
5236 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5237
5238 /**
5239 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5240 */
5241 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5242
5243 /**
5244 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5245 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5246 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5247 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5248 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5249 */
5250 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5251
5252 /**
5253 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5254 *
5255 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5256 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5257 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5258 *
5259 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5260 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5261 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5262 */
5263 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5264
5265 /**
5266 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5267 *
5268 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5269 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5270 *
5271 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5272 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5273 */
5274 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5275
5276 /**
5277 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5278 *
5279 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5280 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5281 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5282 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5283 * "semiprotected".
5284 *
5285 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5286 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5287 */
5288 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5289
5290 /**
5291 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5292 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5293 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5294 *
5295 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5296 */
5297 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5298
5299 /**
5300 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5301 *
5302 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5303 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5304 *
5305 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5306 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5307 */
5308 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5309
5310 /**
5311 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5312 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5313 * privileges of new accounts.
5314 *
5315 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5316 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5317 *
5318 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5319 *
5320 * @par Example:
5321 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5322 * @code
5323 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5324 * @endcode
5325 * Set age to one day:
5326 * @code
5327 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5328 * @endcode
5329 */
5330 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5331
5332 /**
5333 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5334 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5335 *
5336 * @par Example:
5337 * @code
5338 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5339 * @endcode
5340 */
5341 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5342
5343 /**
5344 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5345 *
5346 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5347 *
5348 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5349 * 'groupname' => cond,
5350 * 'group2' => cond2,
5351 * );
5352 *
5353 * A `cond` may be:
5354 * - a single condition without arguments:
5355 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5356 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5357 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5358 * - a single condition with arguments:
5359 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5360 * - a set of conditions:
5361 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5362 *
5363 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5364 * - `&` (**AND**):
5365 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5366 * - `|` (**OR**):
5367 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5368 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5369 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5370 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5371 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5372 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5373 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5374 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5375 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5376 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5377 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5378 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5379 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5380 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5381 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5382 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5383 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5384 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5385 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5386 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5387 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5388 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5389 * true if the user is blocked
5390 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5391 * true if the user is a bot
5392 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5393 *
5394 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5395 * linked by operands.
5396 *
5397 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5398 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5399 */
5400 $wgAutopromote = [
5401 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5402 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5403 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5404 ],
5405 ];
5406
5407 /**
5408 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5409 *
5410 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5411 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5412 *
5413 * The format is:
5414 * @code
5415 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5416 * @endcode
5417 * Where event is either:
5418 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5419 *
5420 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5421 *
5422 * @see $wgAutopromote
5423 * @since 1.18
5424 */
5425 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5426 'onEdit' => [],
5427 ];
5428
5429 /**
5430 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5431 * @since 1.18
5432 */
5433 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5434
5435 /**
5436 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5437 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5438 *
5439 * @par Example:
5440 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5441 * @code
5442 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5443 * @endcode
5444 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5445 * @code
5446 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5447 * @endcode
5448 * Sysops can make bots:
5449 * @code
5450 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5451 * @endcode
5452 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5453 * @code
5454 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5455 * @endcode
5456 */
5457 $wgAddGroups = [];
5458
5459 /**
5460 * @see $wgAddGroups
5461 */
5462 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5463
5464 /**
5465 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5466 * For extensions only.
5467 */
5468 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5469
5470 /**
5471 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5472 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5473 */
5474 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5475
5476 /**
5477 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5478 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5479 * This is limited for performance reason.
5480 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5481 * @since 1.23
5482 */
5483 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5484
5485 /**
5486 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5487 *
5488 * @par Example:
5489 * @code
5490 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5491 * // no more than 100 per month
5492 * [
5493 * 'count' => 100,
5494 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5495 * ],
5496 * // no more than 10 per day
5497 * [
5498 * 'count' => 10,
5499 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5500 * ],
5501 * ];
5502 * @endcode
5503 *
5504 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5505 */
5506 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5507 'count' => 0,
5508 'seconds' => 86400,
5509 ] ];
5510
5511 /**
5512 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5513 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5514 *
5515 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5516 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5517 *
5518 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5519 *
5520 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5521 */
5522 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5523
5524 /**
5525 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5526 */
5527 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5528
5529 /**
5530 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5531 * proxies
5532 * @since 1.16
5533 */
5534 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5535
5536 /**
5537 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5538 *
5539 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5540 * the blacklist require a key).
5541 *
5542 * @par Example:
5543 * @code
5544 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5545 * // String containing URL
5546 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5547 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5548 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5549 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5550 * // just use a string as shown above
5551 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5552 * ];
5553 * @endcode
5554 *
5555 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5556 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5557 * @since 1.16
5558 */
5559 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5560
5561 /**
5562 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5563 * what the other methods might say.
5564 */
5565 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5566
5567 /**
5568 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5569 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5570 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5571 * @since 1.29
5572 * @var string[]
5573 */
5574 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5575
5576 /**
5577 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5578 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5579 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5580 */
5581 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5582
5583 /**
5584 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5585 *
5586 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5587 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5588 * elapses.
5589 *
5590 * @par Example:
5591 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5592 * @code
5593 * $wgRateLimits = [
5594 * 'edit' => [
5595 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5596 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5597 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5598 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5599 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5600 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5601 * ]
5602 * ];
5603 * @endcode
5604 *
5605 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5606 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5607 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5608 * @code
5609 * $wgRateLimits = [
5610 * 'some-action' => [
5611 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5612 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5613 * ];
5614 * @endcode
5615 *
5616 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5617 */
5618 $wgRateLimits = [
5619 // Page edits
5620 'edit' => [
5621 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5622 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5623 ],
5624 // Page moves
5625 'move' => [
5626 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5627 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5628 ],
5629 // File uploads
5630 'upload' => [
5631 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5632 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5633 ],
5634 // Page rollbacks
5635 'rollback' => [
5636 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5637 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5638 ],
5639 // Triggering password resets emails
5640 'mailpassword' => [
5641 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5642 ],
5643 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5644 'emailuser' => [
5645 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5646 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5647 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5648 ],
5649 // Purging pages
5650 'purge' => [
5651 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5652 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5653 ],
5654 // Purges of link tables
5655 'linkpurge' => [
5656 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5657 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5658 ],
5659 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5660 'renderfile' => [
5661 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5662 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5663 ],
5664 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5665 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5666 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5667 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5668 ],
5669 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5670 'stashedit' => [
5671 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5672 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5673 ],
5674 // Adding or removing change tags
5675 'changetag' => [
5676 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5677 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5678 ],
5679 // Changing the content model of a page
5680 'editcontentmodel' => [
5681 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5682 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5683 ],
5684 ];
5685
5686 /**
5687 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5688 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5689 */
5690 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5691
5692 /**
5693 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5694 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5695 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5696 */
5697 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5698
5699 /**
5700 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5701 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5702 */
5703 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5704
5705 /**
5706 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5707 *
5708 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5709 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5710 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5711 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5712 *
5713 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5714 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5715 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5716 */
5717 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5718 // Short term limit
5719 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5720 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5721 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5722 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5723 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5724 ];
5725
5726 /**
5727 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5728 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5729 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5730 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5731 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5732 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5733 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5734 * @since 1.27
5735 */
5736 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5737
5738 // @TODO: clean up grants
5739 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5740
5741 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5742 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5743 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5744 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5745 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5746 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5747 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5748 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5749 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5750 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5751
5752 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5753 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5754 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5755 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5756
5757 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5758 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5759 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5760 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5761
5762 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5763 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5764
5765 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5766 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5767 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5768
5769 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5770
5771 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5772 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5773 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5774 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5775
5776 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5777 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5778 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5779 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5780 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5781 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5782 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5783
5784 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5785 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5786
5787 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5788 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5789 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5790 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5791 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5792 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5793
5794 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5795
5796 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5797
5798 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5800
5801 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5804
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5806
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5811 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5814
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5817
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5819
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5821
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5823
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5825
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5827
5828 /**
5829 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5830 * @since 1.27
5831 */
5832 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5833 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5834 'basic' => 'hidden',
5835
5836 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5837 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5838 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5839 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5840
5841 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5842 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5843
5844 'sendemail' => 'email',
5845
5846 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5847 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5848
5849 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5850 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5851
5852 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5853 'rollback' => 'administration',
5854 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5855 'delete' => 'administration',
5856 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5857 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5858 'protect' => 'administration',
5859 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5860
5861 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5862
5863 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5864 ];
5865
5866 /**
5867 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5868 * @since 1.27
5869 */
5870 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5871
5872 /**
5873 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5874 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5875 * @since 1.27
5876 */
5877 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5878
5879 /**
5880 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5881 *
5882 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5883 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5884 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5885 * @since 1.27
5886 */
5887 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5888
5889 /**
5890 * Whether to disable user group expiry. This is a transitional feature flag
5891 * in accordance with WMF schema change policy, and will be removed later
5892 * (hopefully before MW 1.29 release).
5893 *
5894 * @since 1.29
5895 */
5896 $wgDisableUserGroupExpiry = false;
5897
5898 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5899
5900 /************************************************************************//**
5901 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5902 * @{
5903 */
5904
5905 /**
5906 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5907 */
5908 $wgSecretKey = false;
5909
5910 /**
5911 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5912 *
5913 * This can have the following formats:
5914 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5915 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5916 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5917 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5918 */
5919 $wgProxyList = [];
5920
5921 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5922
5923 /************************************************************************//**
5924 * @name Cookie settings
5925 * @{
5926 */
5927
5928 /**
5929 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5930 */
5931 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5932
5933 /**
5934 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5935 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5936 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5937 * login cookies session-only.
5938 */
5939 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5940
5941 /**
5942 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5943 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5944 */
5945 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5946
5947 /**
5948 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5949 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5950 */
5951 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5952
5953 /**
5954 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5955 * - true: Set secure flag
5956 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5957 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5958 */
5959 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5960
5961 /**
5962 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5963 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5964 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5965 * check.
5966 */
5967 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5968
5969 /**
5970 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5971 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5972 * name to be used as a prefix.
5973 */
5974 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5975
5976 /**
5977 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5978 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5979 * XSS attack.
5980 */
5981 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5982
5983 /**
5984 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5985 */
5986 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5987
5988 /**
5989 * Override to customise the session name
5990 */
5991 $wgSessionName = false;
5992
5993 /**
5994 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
5995 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
5996 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
5997 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
5998 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
5999 */
6000 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6001
6002 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6003
6004 /************************************************************************//**
6005 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6006 * @{
6007 */
6008
6009 /**
6010 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6011 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6012 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6013 * Please see math/README for more information.
6014 */
6015 $wgUseTeX = false;
6016
6017 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6018
6019 /************************************************************************//**
6020 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6021 *
6022 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
6023 *
6024 * @{
6025 */
6026
6027 /**
6028 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6029 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6030 * may contain private data.
6031 */
6032 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6033
6034 /**
6035 * Prefix for debug log lines
6036 */
6037 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6038
6039 /**
6040 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6041 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6042 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6043 */
6044 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6045
6046 /**
6047 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6048 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6049 * and gen=js requests.
6050 */
6051 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6052
6053 /**
6054 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6055 *
6056 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6057 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6058 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6059 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6060 */
6061 $wgDebugComments = false;
6062
6063 /**
6064 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6065 *
6066 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6067 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6068 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6069 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6070 */
6071 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6072
6073 /**
6074 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6075 *
6076 * @since 1.26
6077 */
6078 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6079 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6080 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6081 'GET' => [
6082 'masterConns' => 0,
6083 'writes' => 0,
6084 'readQueryTime' => 5
6085 ],
6086 // HTTP POST requests.
6087 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6088 'POST' => [
6089 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6090 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6091 'maxAffected' => 1000
6092 ],
6093 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6094 'masterConns' => 0,
6095 'writes' => 0,
6096 'readQueryTime' => 5
6097 ],
6098 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
6099 'PostSend' => [
6100 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6101 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6102 'maxAffected' => 1000
6103 ],
6104 // Background job runner
6105 'JobRunner' => [
6106 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6107 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6108 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6109 ],
6110 // Command-line scripts
6111 'Maintenance' => [
6112 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6113 'maxAffected' => 1000
6114 ]
6115 ];
6116
6117 /**
6118 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6119 *
6120 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6121 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6122 * in production.
6123 *
6124 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6125 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6126 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6127 * - associative array with keys:
6128 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6129 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6130 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6131 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6132 *
6133 * @par Example:
6134 * @code
6135 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6136 * @endcode
6137 *
6138 * @par Advanced example:
6139 * @code
6140 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6141 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6142 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6143 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6144 * ];
6145 * @endcode
6146 */
6147 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6148
6149 /**
6150 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6151 *
6152 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6153 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6154 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6155 * details.
6156 *
6157 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6158 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6159 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6160 *
6161 * @par To completely disable logging:
6162 * @code
6163 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6164 * @endcode
6165 *
6166 * @since 1.25
6167 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6168 * @see MwLogger
6169 */
6170 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6171 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6172 ];
6173
6174 /**
6175 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6176 *
6177 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6178 */
6179 $wgShowDebug = false;
6180
6181 /**
6182 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6183 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6184 */
6185 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6186
6187 /**
6188 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6189 */
6190 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6191
6192 /**
6193 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6194 */
6195 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6196
6197 /**
6198 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6199 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6200 * to an attacker.
6201 */
6202 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6203
6204 /**
6205 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6206 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6207 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6208 * formatting.
6209 */
6210 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6211
6212 /**
6213 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6214 *
6215 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6216 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6217 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6218 * exception handler.
6219 */
6220 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6221
6222 /**
6223 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6224 */
6225 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6226
6227 /**
6228 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6229 */
6230 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6231
6232 /**
6233 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6234 * Should be a string, default false.
6235 * @since 1.20
6236 */
6237 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6238
6239 /**
6240 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6241 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6242 */
6243 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6244
6245 /**
6246 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6247 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6248 * after the limit.
6249 */
6250 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6251
6252 /**
6253 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6254 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6255 */
6256 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6257
6258 /**
6259 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6260 *
6261 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6262 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6263 */
6264 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6265
6266 /**
6267 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6268 *
6269 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6270 *
6271 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6272 *
6273 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6274 * @since 1.25
6275 */
6276 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6277
6278 /**
6279 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6280 *
6281 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6282 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6283 * @since 1.25
6284 */
6285 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6286
6287 /**
6288 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6289 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6290 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6291 * @since 1.28
6292 */
6293 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [];
6294
6295 /**
6296 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6297 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6298 * templates.
6299 */
6300 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6301
6302 /**
6303 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6304 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6305 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6306 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6307 */
6308 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6309
6310 /**
6311 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6312 * filename is passed to it.
6313 *
6314 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6315 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6316 *
6317 * Use full paths.
6318 */
6319 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6320 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6321 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6322 ];
6323
6324 /**
6325 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6326 */
6327 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6328
6329 /**
6330 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6331 * @since 1.19
6332 */
6333 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6334
6335 /**
6336 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6337 * queries and other useful output.
6338 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6339 *
6340 * @since 1.19
6341 */
6342 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6343
6344 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6345
6346 /************************************************************************//**
6347 * @name Search
6348 * @{
6349 */
6350
6351 /**
6352 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6353 */
6354 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6355
6356 /**
6357 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6358 * by default off due to execution overhead
6359 */
6360 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6361
6362 /**
6363 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6364 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6365 */
6366 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6367
6368 /**
6369 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6370 *
6371 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6372 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6373 *
6374 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6375 *
6376 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6377 */
6378 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6379
6380 /**
6381 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6382 *
6383 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6384 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6385 *
6386 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6387 */
6388 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6389 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6390 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6391 ];
6392
6393 /**
6394 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6395 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6396 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6397 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6398 */
6399 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6400
6401 /**
6402 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6403 * OpenSearch call.
6404 */
6405 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6406
6407 /**
6408 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6409 */
6410 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6411
6412 /**
6413 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6414 */
6415 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6416
6417 /**
6418 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6419 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6420 */
6421 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6422
6423 /**
6424 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6425 *
6426 * @par Example:
6427 * @code
6428 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6429 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6430 * @endcode
6431 */
6432 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6433 NS_MAIN => true,
6434 ];
6435
6436 /**
6437 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6438 * implemented by an extension instead.
6439 */
6440 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6441
6442 /**
6443 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6444 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6445 * search term.
6446 *
6447 * @par Example:
6448 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6449 * @code
6450 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6451 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6452 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6453 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6454 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6455 * @endcode
6456 */
6457 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6458
6459 /**
6460 * Search form behavior.
6461 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6462 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6463 */
6464 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6465
6466 /**
6467 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6468 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6469 * generated for all namespaces.
6470 */
6471 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6472
6473 /**
6474 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6475 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6476 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6477 *
6478 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6479 * @par Example:
6480 * @code
6481 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6482 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6483 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6484 * ];
6485 * @endcode
6486 */
6487 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6488
6489 /**
6490 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6491 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6492 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6493 */
6494 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6495
6496 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6497
6498 /************************************************************************//**
6499 * @name Edit user interface
6500 * @{
6501 */
6502
6503 /**
6504 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6505 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6506 */
6507 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6508
6509 /**
6510 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6511 */
6512 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6513
6514 /**
6515 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6516 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6517 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6518 */
6519 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6520 NS_CATEGORY => true
6521 ];
6522
6523 /**
6524 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6525 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6526 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6527 */
6528 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6529
6530 /**
6531 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6532 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6533 * ting this variable false.
6534 */
6535 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6536
6537 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6538
6539 /************************************************************************//**
6540 * @name Maintenance
6541 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6542 * @{
6543 */
6544
6545 /**
6546 * @cond file_level_code
6547 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6548 */
6549 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6550 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6551 }
6552 /** @endcond */
6553
6554 /**
6555 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6556 */
6557 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6558
6559 /**
6560 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6561 * used as an explanation to users.
6562 *
6563 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6564 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6565 * option in MySQL.
6566 */
6567 $wgReadOnly = null;
6568
6569 /**
6570 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6571 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6572 * message.
6573 *
6574 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6575 */
6576 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6577
6578 /**
6579 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6580 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6581 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6582 *
6583 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6584 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6585 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6586 */
6587 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6588
6589 /**
6590 * Fully specified path to git binary
6591 */
6592 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6593
6594 /**
6595 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6596 *
6597 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6598 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6599 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6600 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6601 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6602 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6603 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6604 *
6605 * @since 1.20
6606 */
6607 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6608 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6609 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6610 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6611 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6612 ];
6613
6614 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6615
6616 /************************************************************************//**
6617 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6618 * @{
6619 */
6620
6621 /**
6622 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6623 * seconds will go.
6624 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6625 */
6626 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6627
6628 /**
6629 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6630 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6631 * @since 1.26
6632 */
6633 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6634
6635 /**
6636 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6637 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6638 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6639 * @since 1.26
6640 */
6641 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6642
6643 /**
6644 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6645 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6646 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6647 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6648 * is still there.
6649 */
6650 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6651
6652 /**
6653 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6654 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6655 */
6656 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6657
6658 /**
6659 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6660 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6661 */
6662 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6663
6664 /**
6665 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6666 *
6667 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6668 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6669 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6670 *
6671 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6672 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6673 * passed to the constructor.
6674 *
6675 * Common options:
6676 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6677 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6678 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6679 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6680 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6681 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6682 *
6683 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6684 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6685 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6686 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6687 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6688 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6689 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6690 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6691 *
6692 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6693 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6694 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6695 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6696 *
6697 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6698 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6699 *
6700 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6701 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6702 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6703 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6704 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6705 * ];
6706 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6707 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6708 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6709 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6710 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6711 * ];
6712 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6713 * 'class' => 'ExampleRCFeed',
6714 * ];
6715 * @since 1.22
6716 */
6717 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6718
6719 /**
6720 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6721 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6722 * @since 1.22
6723 */
6724 $wgRCEngines = [
6725 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6726 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6727 ];
6728
6729 /**
6730 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6731 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6732 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6733 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6734 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6735 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6736 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6737 *
6738 * @since 1.27
6739 */
6740 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6741
6742 /**
6743 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6744 * New pages and new files are included.
6745 */
6746 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6747
6748 /**
6749 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6750 */
6751 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6752
6753 /**
6754 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6755 *
6756 * @since 1.27
6757 */
6758 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6759
6760 /**
6761 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6762 */
6763 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6764
6765 /**
6766 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6767 */
6768 $wgFeed = true;
6769
6770 /**
6771 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6772 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6773 */
6774 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6775
6776 /**
6777 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6778 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6779 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6780 *
6781 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6782 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6783 */
6784 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6785
6786 /**
6787 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6788 * pages larger than this size.
6789 */
6790 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6791
6792 /**
6793 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6794 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6795 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6796 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6797 * as value.
6798 * @par Example:
6799 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6800 * @code
6801 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6802 * @endcode
6803 */
6804 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6805
6806 /**
6807 * Available feeds objects.
6808 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6809 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6810 */
6811 $wgFeedClasses = [
6812 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6813 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6814 ];
6815
6816 /**
6817 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6818 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6819 */
6820 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6821
6822 /**
6823 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6824 */
6825 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6826
6827 /**
6828 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6829 */
6830 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6831
6832 /**
6833 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6834 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6835 * highlighted on the RC page.
6836 */
6837 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6838
6839 /**
6840 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6841 * view for watched pages with new changes
6842 */
6843 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6844
6845 /**
6846 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6847 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6848 */
6849 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6850
6851 /**
6852 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6853 */
6854 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6855
6856 /**
6857 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6858 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6859 */
6860 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6861
6862 /**
6863 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6864 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6865 * watchers.
6866 *
6867 * @since 1.21
6868 */
6869 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6870
6871 /**
6872 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6873 * certain types of edits.
6874 *
6875 * To register a new one:
6876 * @code
6877 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6878 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6879 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6880 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6881 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6882 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6883 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6884 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6885 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6886 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6887 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6888 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6889 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6890 * ];
6891 * @endcode
6892 *
6893 * @since 1.22
6894 */
6895 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6896 'newpage' => [
6897 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6898 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6899 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6900 'grouping' => 'any',
6901 ],
6902 'minor' => [
6903 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6904 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6905 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6906 'class' => 'minoredit',
6907 'grouping' => 'all',
6908 ],
6909 'bot' => [
6910 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6911 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6912 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6913 'class' => 'botedit',
6914 'grouping' => 'all',
6915 ],
6916 'unpatrolled' => [
6917 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6918 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6919 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6920 'grouping' => 'any',
6921 ],
6922 ];
6923
6924 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6925
6926 /************************************************************************//**
6927 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6928 * @{
6929 */
6930
6931 /**
6932 * Override for copyright metadata.
6933 *
6934 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6935 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6936 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6937 */
6938 $wgRightsPage = null;
6939
6940 /**
6941 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6942 * wiki.
6943 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6944 */
6945 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6946
6947 /**
6948 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6949 * link.
6950 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6951 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6952 */
6953 $wgRightsText = null;
6954
6955 /**
6956 * Override for copyright metadata.
6957 */
6958 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6959
6960 /**
6961 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6962 */
6963 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6964
6965 /**
6966 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6967 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6968 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6969 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6970 * large wikis.
6971 */
6972 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6973
6974 /**
6975 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6976 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6977 */
6978 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6979
6980 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6981
6982 /************************************************************************//**
6983 * @name Import / Export
6984 * @{
6985 */
6986
6987 /**
6988 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6989 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6990 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6991 *
6992 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6993 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6994 * e.g.
6995 * @code
6996 * $wgImportSources = [
6997 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
6998 * 'wikispecies',
6999 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7000 * ];
7001 * @endcode
7002 *
7003 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7004 * the ImportSources hook.
7005 *
7006 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7007 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7008 */
7009 $wgImportSources = [];
7010
7011 /**
7012 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7013 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7014 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7015 *
7016 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7017 */
7018 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7019
7020 /**
7021 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7022 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7023 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7024 */
7025 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7026
7027 /**
7028 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7029 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7030 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7031 */
7032 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7033
7034 /**
7035 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7036 */
7037 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7038
7039 /**
7040 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7041 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7042 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7043 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7044 * it's disabled by default for now.
7045 *
7046 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7047 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7048 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7049 */
7050 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7051
7052 /**
7053 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7054 */
7055 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7056
7057 /**
7058 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7059 */
7060 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7061
7062 /**
7063 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7064 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7065 *
7066 * @since 1.27
7067 */
7068 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7069
7070 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7071
7072 /*************************************************************************//**
7073 * @name Extensions
7074 * @{
7075 */
7076
7077 /**
7078 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7079 * initialised
7080 */
7081 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7082
7083 /**
7084 * Extension messages files.
7085 *
7086 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7087 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7088 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7089 * is the most common.
7090 *
7091 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7092 * in the core.
7093 *
7094 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7095 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7096 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7097 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7098 *
7099 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7100 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7101 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7102 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7103 *
7104 * @par Example:
7105 * @code
7106 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7107 * @endcode
7108 */
7109 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7110
7111 /**
7112 * Extension messages directories.
7113 *
7114 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7115 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7116 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7117 * message directories.
7118 *
7119 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7120 *
7121 * @par Simple example:
7122 * @code
7123 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7124 * @endcode
7125 *
7126 * @par Complex example:
7127 * @code
7128 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7129 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7130 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7131 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7132 * ]
7133 * @endcode
7134 * @since 1.23
7135 */
7136 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7137
7138 /**
7139 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7140 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7141 * @since 1.22
7142 */
7143 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7144
7145 /**
7146 * Parser output hooks.
7147 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7148 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7149 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7150 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7151 *
7152 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7153 *
7154 * The callback has the form:
7155 * @code
7156 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7157 * @endcode
7158 */
7159 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7160
7161 /**
7162 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7163 */
7164 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7165
7166 /**
7167 * List of valid skin names
7168 *
7169 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7170 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7171 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7172 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7173 */
7174 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7175
7176 /**
7177 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7178 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7179 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7180 * SpecialPage.
7181 */
7182 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7183
7184 /**
7185 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7186 */
7187 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7188
7189 /**
7190 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7191 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7192 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7193 */
7194 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7195
7196 /**
7197 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7198 *
7199 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7200 *
7201 * @code
7202 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7203 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7204 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7205 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7206 * 'author' => [
7207 * 'Foo Barstein',
7208 * ],
7209 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7210 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7211 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7212 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7213 * ];
7214 * @endcode
7215 *
7216 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7217 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7218 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7219 * interpreted as wikitext.
7220 *
7221 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7222 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7223 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7224 *
7225 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7226 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7227 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7228 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7229 *
7230 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7231 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7232 * usually are.)
7233 *
7234 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7235 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7236 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7237 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7238 *
7239 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7240 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7241 *
7242 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7243 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7244 *
7245 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7246 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7247 */
7248 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7249
7250 /**
7251 * Authentication plugin.
7252 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7253 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7254 */
7255 $wgAuth = null;
7256
7257 /**
7258 * Global list of hooks.
7259 *
7260 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7261 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7262 * internally by Hook:run().
7263 *
7264 * The value can be one of:
7265 *
7266 * - A function name:
7267 * @code
7268 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7269 * @endcode
7270 * - A function with some data:
7271 * @code
7272 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7273 * @endcode
7274 * - A an object method:
7275 * @code
7276 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7277 * @endcode
7278 * - A closure:
7279 * @code
7280 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7281 * // Handler code goes here.
7282 * };
7283 * @endcode
7284 *
7285 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7286 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7287 *
7288 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7289 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7290 */
7291 $wgHooks = [];
7292
7293 /**
7294 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7295 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7296 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7297 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7298 * hook for that.
7299 *
7300 * @see MediaWikiServices
7301 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7302 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7303 */
7304 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7305 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7306 ];
7307
7308 /**
7309 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
7310 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
7311 */
7312 $wgJobClasses = [
7313 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7314 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7315 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7316 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7317 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7318 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7319 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7320 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7321 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7322 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7323 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7324 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7325 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7326 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7327 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7328 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7329 'null' => 'NullJob'
7330 ];
7331
7332 /**
7333 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7334 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7335 *
7336 * These can be:
7337 * - Very long-running jobs.
7338 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7339 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7340 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7341 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7342 */
7343 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7344
7345 /**
7346 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7347 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7348 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7349 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7350 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7351 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7352 * @var float[]
7353 */
7354 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7355
7356 /**
7357 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7358 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7359 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7360 *
7361 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7362 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7363 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7364 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7365 *
7366 * @var float|bool
7367 * @since 1.26
7368 */
7369 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7370
7371 /**
7372 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7373 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7374 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7375 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7376 */
7377 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7378 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7379 ];
7380
7381 /**
7382 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7383 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7384 */
7385 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7386 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7387 ];
7388
7389 /**
7390 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7391 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7392 */
7393 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7394 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7395 ];
7396
7397 /**
7398 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7399 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7400 * or:
7401 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = [ $class, $funcname ]
7402 * Hooks should return strings or false
7403 */
7404 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7405
7406 /**
7407 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7408 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7409 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7410 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7411 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7412 */
7413 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7414 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7415 ];
7416
7417 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7418
7419 /*************************************************************************//**
7420 * @name Categories
7421 * @{
7422 */
7423
7424 /**
7425 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7426 */
7427 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7428
7429 /**
7430 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7431 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7432 */
7433 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7434
7435 /**
7436 * Paging limit for categories
7437 */
7438 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7439
7440 /**
7441 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7442 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7443 *
7444 * Available values are:
7445 *
7446 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7447 *
7448 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7449 *
7450 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7451 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7452 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7453 *
7454 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7455 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7456 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7457 * server.
7458 *
7459 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7460 * the sort keys in the database.
7461 *
7462 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7463 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7464 */
7465 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7466
7467 /** @} */ # End categories }
7468
7469 /*************************************************************************//**
7470 * @name Logging
7471 * @{
7472 */
7473
7474 /**
7475 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7476 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7477 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7478 * log type.
7479 */
7480 $wgLogTypes = [
7481 '',
7482 'block',
7483 'protect',
7484 'rights',
7485 'delete',
7486 'upload',
7487 'move',
7488 'import',
7489 'patrol',
7490 'merge',
7491 'suppress',
7492 'tag',
7493 'managetags',
7494 'contentmodel',
7495 ];
7496
7497 /**
7498 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7499 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7500 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7501 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7502 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7503 */
7504 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7505 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7506 ];
7507
7508 /**
7509 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7510 *
7511 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7512 *
7513 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7514 *
7515 * @par Example:
7516 * @code
7517 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7518 * @endcode
7519 *
7520 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7521 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7522 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7523 *
7524 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7525 * for the link text.
7526 */
7527 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7528 'patrol' => true,
7529 'tag' => true,
7530 ];
7531
7532 /**
7533 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7534 * will be listed in the user interface.
7535 *
7536 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7537 *
7538 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7539 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7540 */
7541 $wgLogNames = [
7542 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7543 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7544 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7545 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7546 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7547 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7548 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7549 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7550 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7551 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7552 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7553 ];
7554
7555 /**
7556 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7557 * top of each log type.
7558 *
7559 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7560 *
7561 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7562 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7563 */
7564 $wgLogHeaders = [
7565 '' => 'alllogstext',
7566 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7567 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7568 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7569 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7570 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7571 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7572 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7573 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7574 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7575 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7576 ];
7577
7578 /**
7579 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7580 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7581 *
7582 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7583 */
7584 $wgLogActions = [];
7585
7586 /**
7587 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7588 * not messages.
7589 * @see LogPage::actionText
7590 * @see LogFormatter
7591 */
7592 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7593 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7594 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7595 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7596 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7597 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7598 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7599 'delete/delete_redir' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7600 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7601 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7602 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7603 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7604 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7605 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7606 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7607 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7608 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7609 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7610 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7611 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7612 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7613 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7614 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7615 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7616 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7617 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7618 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7619 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7620 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7621 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7622 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7623 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7624 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7625 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7626 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7627 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7628 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7629 ];
7630
7631 /**
7632 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7633 *
7634 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7635 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7636 * Extensions may append to this array
7637 * @since 1.27
7638 */
7639 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7640 'block' => [
7641 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7642 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7643 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7644 ],
7645 'contentmodel' => [
7646 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7647 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7648 ],
7649 'delete' => [
7650 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7651 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7652 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7653 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7654 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7655 ],
7656 'import' => [
7657 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7658 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7659 ],
7660 'managetags' => [
7661 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7662 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7663 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7664 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7665 ],
7666 'move' => [
7667 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7668 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7669 ],
7670 'newusers' => [
7671 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7672 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7673 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7674 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7675 ],
7676 'patrol' => [
7677 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7678 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7679 ],
7680 'protect' => [
7681 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7682 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7683 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7684 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7685 ],
7686 'rights' => [
7687 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7688 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7689 ],
7690 'suppress' => [
7691 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7692 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7693 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7694 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7695 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7696 ],
7697 'upload' => [
7698 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7699 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7700 ],
7701 ];
7702
7703 /**
7704 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7705 */
7706 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7707
7708 /** @} */ # end logging }
7709
7710 /*************************************************************************//**
7711 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7712 * @{
7713 */
7714
7715 /**
7716 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7717 */
7718 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7719
7720 /**
7721 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7722 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7723 */
7724 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7725
7726 /**
7727 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7728 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7729 */
7730 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7731
7732 /**
7733 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7734 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7735 */
7736 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7737
7738 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7739
7740 /*************************************************************************//**
7741 * @name Actions
7742 * @{
7743 */
7744
7745 /**
7746 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7747 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7748 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7749 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7750 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7751 * instead of the default class.
7752 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7753 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7754 */
7755 $wgActions = [
7756 'credits' => true,
7757 'delete' => true,
7758 'edit' => true,
7759 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7760 'history' => true,
7761 'info' => true,
7762 'markpatrolled' => true,
7763 'protect' => true,
7764 'purge' => true,
7765 'raw' => true,
7766 'render' => true,
7767 'revert' => true,
7768 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7769 'rollback' => true,
7770 'submit' => true,
7771 'unprotect' => true,
7772 'unwatch' => true,
7773 'view' => true,
7774 'watch' => true,
7775 ];
7776
7777 /** @} */ # end actions }
7778
7779 /*************************************************************************//**
7780 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7781 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7782 * @{
7783 */
7784
7785 /**
7786 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7787 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7788 * basis.
7789 */
7790 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7791
7792 /**
7793 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7794 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7795 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7796 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7797 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7798 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7799 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7800 *
7801 * @par Example:
7802 * @code
7803 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7804 * @endcode
7805 */
7806 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7807
7808 /**
7809 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7810 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7811 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7812 *
7813 * @par Example:
7814 * @code
7815 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7816 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7817 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7818 * ];
7819 * @endcode
7820 *
7821 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7822 * forms:
7823 * @code
7824 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7825 * # Underscore, not space!
7826 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7827 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7828 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7829 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7830 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7831 * ];
7832 * @endcode
7833 */
7834 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7835
7836 /**
7837 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7838 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7839 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7840 *
7841 * @par Example:
7842 * @code
7843 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7844 * @endcode
7845 */
7846 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7847
7848 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7849
7850 /************************************************************************//**
7851 * @name AJAX and API
7852 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7853 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7854 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7855 * @{
7856 */
7857
7858 /**
7859 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7860 * machine-readable data via api.php
7861 *
7862 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7863 */
7864 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7865
7866 /**
7867 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7868 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7869 * accesses it
7870 */
7871 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7872
7873 /**
7874 *
7875 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7876 *
7877 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7878 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7879 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7880 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7881 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7882 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7883 * requiring POST.
7884 *
7885 * @since 1.21
7886 */
7887 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7888
7889 /**
7890 * API module extensions.
7891 *
7892 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7893 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7894 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7895 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7896 *
7897 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7898 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7899 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7900 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7901 * field.
7902 *
7903 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7904 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7905 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7906 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7907 *
7908 * Examples for registering API modules:
7909 *
7910 * @code
7911 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7912 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
7913 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7914 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7915 * ];
7916 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
7917 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7918 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
7919 * ];
7920 * @endcode
7921 *
7922 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7923 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7924 */
7925 $wgAPIModules = [];
7926
7927 /**
7928 * API format module extensions.
7929 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7930 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7931 *
7932 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7933 */
7934 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7935
7936 /**
7937 * API Query meta module extensions.
7938 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7939 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7940 *
7941 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7942 */
7943 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7944
7945 /**
7946 * API Query prop module extensions.
7947 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7948 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7949 *
7950 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7951 */
7952 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7953
7954 /**
7955 * API Query list module extensions.
7956 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7957 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7958 *
7959 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7960 */
7961 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7962
7963 /**
7964 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7965 * The default value is generally fine
7966 */
7967 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7968
7969 /**
7970 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7971 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7972 */
7973 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7974
7975 /**
7976 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7977 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7978 */
7979 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7980
7981 /**
7982 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
7983 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7984 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7985 */
7986 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7987
7988 /**
7989 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7990 * API request logging
7991 */
7992 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7993
7994 /**
7995 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7996 */
7997 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7998
7999 /**
8000 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8001 * API queries.
8002 */
8003 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8004 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8005 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8006 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8007 ];
8008
8009 /**
8010 * Enable AJAX framework
8011 */
8012 $wgUseAjax = true;
8013
8014 /**
8015 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8016 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8017 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8018 */
8019 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8020
8021 /**
8022 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8023 */
8024 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8025
8026 /**
8027 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
8028 */
8029 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8030
8031 /**
8032 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8033 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8034 */
8035 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8036
8037 /**
8038 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8039 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8040 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8041 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8042 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8043 *
8044 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8045 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8046 *
8047 * @par Example:
8048 * @code
8049 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8050 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8051 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8052 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8053 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8054 * ];
8055 * @endcode
8056 */
8057 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8058
8059 /**
8060 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8061 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8062 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8063 */
8064 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8065
8066 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8067
8068 /************************************************************************//**
8069 * @name Shell and process control
8070 * @{
8071 */
8072
8073 /**
8074 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8075 */
8076 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8077
8078 /**
8079 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8080 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8081 */
8082 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8083
8084 /**
8085 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8086 */
8087 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8088
8089 /**
8090 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8091 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8092 */
8093 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8094
8095 /**
8096 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8097 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8098 *
8099 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8100 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8101 * them segfault or deadlock.
8102 *
8103 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8104 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8105 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8106 *
8107 * @par Example:
8108 * @code
8109 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8110 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8111 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8112 * @endcode
8113 *
8114 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8115 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8116 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8117 */
8118 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8119
8120 /**
8121 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8122 */
8123 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8124
8125 /**
8126 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8127 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
8128 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
8129 */
8130 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
8131
8132 /** @} */ # End shell }
8133
8134 /************************************************************************//**
8135 * @name HTTP client
8136 * @{
8137 */
8138
8139 /**
8140 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8141 */
8142 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8143
8144 /**
8145 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8146 * @since 1.29
8147 */
8148 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8149
8150 /**
8151 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8152 */
8153 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8154
8155 /**
8156 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8157 */
8158 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8159
8160 /**
8161 * Local virtual hosts.
8162 *
8163 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8164 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8165 * then no proxy will be used.
8166 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8167 * proxy if it is configured.
8168 * @since 1.25
8169 */
8170 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8171
8172 /**
8173 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8174 * Only works for curl
8175 */
8176 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8177
8178 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8179
8180 /************************************************************************//**
8181 * @name Job queue
8182 * @{
8183 */
8184
8185 /**
8186 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8187 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8188 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8189 * be run periodically.
8190 */
8191 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8192
8193 /**
8194 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8195 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8196 * execution finishes.
8197 *
8198 * @since 1.23
8199 */
8200 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8201
8202 /**
8203 * Number of rows to update per job
8204 */
8205 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8206
8207 /**
8208 * Number of rows to update per query
8209 */
8210 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8211
8212 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8213
8214 /************************************************************************//**
8215 * @name Miscellaneous
8216 * @{
8217 */
8218
8219 /**
8220 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8221 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8222 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8223 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8224 */
8225 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8226
8227 /**
8228 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8229 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8230 *
8231 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8232 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8233 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8234 */
8235 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8236
8237 /**
8238 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8239 * For debugging
8240 */
8241 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8242
8243 /**
8244 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8245 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8246 */
8247 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8248
8249 /**
8250 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8251 */
8252 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8253
8254 /**
8255 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8256 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8257 */
8258 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8259
8260 /**
8261 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8262 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8263 */
8264 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8265
8266 /**
8267 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8268 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8269 *
8270 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8271 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8272 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8273 * parameters.
8274 *
8275 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8276 * @code
8277 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8278 * 'class' => 'PoolCounterRedis',
8279 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8280 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8281 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8282 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8283 * 'redisConfig' => []
8284 * ] ];
8285 * @endcode
8286 *
8287 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8288 * @code
8289 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8290 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8291 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8292 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8293 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8294 * ... any extension-specific options...
8295 * ] ];
8296 * @endcode
8297 */
8298 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8299
8300 /**
8301 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8302 */
8303 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8304
8305 /**
8306 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8307 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8308 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8309 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8310 *
8311 * @since 1.21
8312 */
8313 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8314
8315 /**
8316 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8317 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8318 *
8319 * * 'ignore': return null
8320 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8321 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8322 *
8323 * @since 1.21
8324 */
8325 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8326
8327 /**
8328 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8329 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8330 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8331 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8332 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8333 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8334 *
8335 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8336 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8337 *
8338 * @since 1.21
8339 */
8340 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8341
8342 /**
8343 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8344 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8345 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8346 *
8347 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8348 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8349 *
8350 * @since 1.21
8351 */
8352 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8353 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8354 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8355 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8356 ];
8357
8358 /**
8359 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8360 *
8361 * @since 1.20
8362 */
8363 $wgSiteTypes = [
8364 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8365 ];
8366
8367 /**
8368 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8369 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8370 * @since 1.23
8371 */
8372 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8373
8374 /**
8375 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8376 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8377 * @see T67184
8378 * @since 1.24
8379 */
8380 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8381
8382 /**
8383 * Secret for session storage.
8384 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8385 * be used.
8386 * @since 1.27
8387 */
8388 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8389
8390 /**
8391 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8392 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8393 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8394 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8395 * @since 1.27
8396 */
8397 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8398
8399 /**
8400 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8401 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8402 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8403 * be used.
8404 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8405 * @since 1.24
8406 */
8407 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8408
8409 /**
8410 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8411 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8412 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8413 * @since 1.24
8414 */
8415 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8416
8417 /**
8418 * Enable page language feature
8419 * Allows setting page language in database
8420 * @var bool
8421 * @since 1.24
8422 */
8423 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8424
8425 /**
8426 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8427 *
8428 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8429 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8430 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8431 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8432 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8433 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8434 *
8435 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8436 *
8437 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8438 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8439 * 'options' => [
8440 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8441 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8442 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8443 * ]
8444 * ];
8445 *
8446 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8447 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8448 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8449 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8450 *
8451 * Example config for Parsoid:
8452 *
8453 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8454 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8455 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8456 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8457 * ];
8458 *
8459 * @var array
8460 * @since 1.25
8461 */
8462 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8463 'paths' => [],
8464 'modules' => [],
8465 'global' => [
8466 # Timeout in seconds
8467 'timeout' => 360,
8468 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8469 'forwardCookies' => false,
8470 'HTTPProxy' => null
8471 ]
8472 ];
8473
8474 /**
8475 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8476 * these suggestions.
8477 *
8478 * @var bool
8479 * @since 1.26
8480 */
8481 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8482
8483 /**
8484 * Where popular password file is located.
8485 *
8486 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8487 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8488 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8489 *
8490 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8491 * @since 1.27
8492 * @var string path to file
8493 */
8494 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8495
8496 /*
8497 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8498 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8499 *
8500 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8501 * @since 1.27
8502 */
8503 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8504
8505 /**
8506 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8507 *
8508 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8509 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8510 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8511 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8512 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8513 *
8514 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8515 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8516 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8517 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8518 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8519 *
8520 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8521 *
8522 * @since 1.27
8523 */
8524 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8525 'default' => [
8526 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8527 ]
8528 ];
8529
8530 /**
8531 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8532 *
8533 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8534 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8535 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8536 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8537 *
8538 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8539 *
8540 * @var bool
8541 * @since 1.28
8542 */
8543 $wgPingback = false;
8544
8545 /**
8546 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8547 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8548 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8549 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8550 *
8551 * @since 1.28
8552 */
8553 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8554 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8555 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8556 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8557 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8558 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8559 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8560 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8561 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8562 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8563 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8564 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8565 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8566 ];
8567
8568 /**
8569 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8570 *
8571 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8572 *
8573 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8574 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8575 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8576 *
8577 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8578 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8579 */
8580 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8581 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8582 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8583 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8584
8585 /**
8586 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8587 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8588 *
8589 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8590 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8591 *
8592 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8593 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8594 *
8595 * @par Example:
8596 * @code
8597 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8598 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8599 *];
8600 * @endcode
8601 */
8602 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8603
8604 /**
8605 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8606 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8607 * @}
8608 */